WO2021168865A1 - Communication method and apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021168865A1
WO2021168865A1 PCT/CN2020/077358 CN2020077358W WO2021168865A1 WO 2021168865 A1 WO2021168865 A1 WO 2021168865A1 CN 2020077358 W CN2020077358 W CN 2020077358W WO 2021168865 A1 WO2021168865 A1 WO 2021168865A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
terminal device
channel state
rlf
network device
information
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/077358
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
王宏
罗之虎
张萌
金哲
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2020/077358 priority Critical patent/WO2021168865A1/en
Publication of WO2021168865A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021168865A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a communication method and device.
  • NB-IoT and eMTC terminal devices have the characteristics of low complexity, low cost, low power consumption, and low bandwidth, and are suitable for a wide range of IoT scenarios. For example, smart water meters, smart electricity meters, smart homes, smart cities, etc.
  • NR-Light new radio-Light
  • REDCAP reduced capability
  • this type of terminal equipment does not support the cell handover function of conventional terminal equipment.
  • a handover process generally occurs at location A.
  • the signal of cell 2 is generally 3 dB better than the signal of cell 1.
  • RLF radio link failure
  • the control (radio resource control, RRC) connection re-establishment process is re-established to cell 2.
  • this type of terminal equipment will not be able to rebuild to cell 2 in time, and when such terminal equipment is rebuilt to cell 2, the signal of cell 2 is much better than that of cell 1, that is, this type of terminal equipment is at the edge of cell 1 and cell 1 Communication requires more power and wireless resources.
  • This application provides a communication method and device for realizing timely connection re-establishment of terminal equipment.
  • the present application provides a communication method, the method is suitable for terminal equipment, the method may include: first determining the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell, and after determining that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter meets the expected value After the conditions are set, channel state information is sent to the network device, and the channel state information is used to indicate at least one of the following: channel state deterioration, about to enter a radio link failure (radio link failure, RLF), and neighbour cell measurement is required.
  • RLF radio link failure
  • the terminal device reports the channel state information to the network device, so that the network device can learn that the terminal device needs to perform the neighbor cell measurement in advance, and avoid the waste of resources caused by the network device blindly scheduling the terminal device.
  • the terminal device can obtain the channel state information of the candidate reestablished cell to facilitate rapid reconstruction during RLF, or so that the terminal device can enter the RLF in advance when the channel state of the serving cell deteriorates, and then find a better cell in time Perform radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) reconstruction.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • receiving first capability indication information from a network device where the first capability indication information is used to indicate that the network device supports receiving channel state information, or is used to instruct a terminal device to report channel state information, or Used to notify the terminal device that the network device supports determining the channel state of the terminal device according to the channel state information.
  • the network device and the terminal device exchange their respective capability information, and the terminal device determines that it can realize timely connection reconstruction by reporting the channel state information, thereby improving the communication quality of the terminal device.
  • second capability indication information is sent to the network device, where the second capability indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports reporting channel state information.
  • the network device and the terminal device exchange their respective capability information, and the terminal device determines that it can realize timely connection reconstruction by reporting the channel state information, thereby improving the communication quality of the terminal device.
  • the channel state information is sent through the media access control control element (MAC CE) of the channel quality report, and the quality report field in the MAC CE of the channel quality report It is used to indicate the channel state information; or, the channel state information is sent by the MAC CE of the buffer status report (buffer status report, BSR), and the field in the MAC CE of the BSR is used when the following one is satisfied
  • the buffer data size is a specific value
  • the logical channel group identity (LCG ID) is a specific value
  • the LCG ID is a specific value
  • the buffer data size is a specific value
  • the channel state The information is sent through the sub-header of the MAC packet data unit (packet data unit, PDU). In this way, the channel state information can be sent flexibly.
  • the buffer data size in the BSR MAC CE is a specific value of 0 to indicate the channel state information; or, the channel state information is received from the
  • the channel state information reporting activation instruction of the network device is used to instruct the terminal device to report the channel state information; when the terminal device receives the channel state information reporting activation instruction, it passes
  • the buffer data size in the BSR MAC CE is a specific value of 0 to indicate the channel state information.
  • a neighborhood measurement is performed.
  • the terminal device can obtain the channel state information of the candidate re-establishment cell, so as to quickly perform the re-establishment in the RLF.
  • a neighbor cell measurement instruction is received from the network device, where the neighbor cell measurement instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to perform neighbor cell measurement.
  • the network device can instruct the terminal device to perform the neighbor cell measurement, so that the terminal device can obtain the channel state information of the candidate reconstruction cell, so as to quickly perform the reconstruction in the RLF.
  • the neighbor cell measurement indication is also used to instruct the terminal device to perform neighbor cell measurement during the inactive time of discontinuous reception (DRX). This can regulate the time for neighboring cell measurements.
  • first information from the network device is received, and the first information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the network device supports mobility enhancement, and the network device allows the terminal device to The RRC connected state performs adjacent cell measurement, the network device allows the terminal device to perform co-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state, the network device allows the terminal device to perform inter-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state, and the network device allows all The terminal device performs measurement during the inactive time of discontinuous reception of DRX. In this way, the terminal device can clarify the supported capabilities of the network device, so that the terminal device can perform operations that comply with the capabilities of the network device.
  • second information is sent to the network device, where the second information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal device supports mobility enhancement, and the terminal device supports neighboring in the RRC connected state.
  • Zone measurement the terminal device supports intra-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state, the terminal device supports inter-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state, and the terminal device supports measurement in the inactive time of DRX or DRX preference indication;
  • the DRX preference indication is used to indicate the DRX cycle preferred by the terminal device, and the DRX cycle is used for neighbor cell measurement.
  • the network device can clarify the capabilities of the terminal device to instruct the terminal device to perform operations that comply with the capabilities.
  • the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to enter RLF; determine that the radio link fails to enter RLF, and perform radio resource control RRC connection reestablishment Process.
  • the terminal device can be instructed by the network device to enter the RLF, which can avoid the blind scheduling of the network device when the terminal device autonomously enters the RLF, and avoid waste of resources.
  • the RLF is a false RLF, and the false RLF is a radio link failure that does not meet the signal conditions for a terminal device to enter the RLF; or, the RLF is an advanced RLF, and the advanced RLF RLF is the radio link failure of the terminal device before reaching the signal condition for entering the RLF.
  • the terminal device can enter the RLF in advance to perform the neighbor cell measurement in time.
  • the terminal device before the terminal device executes the RRC connection re-establishment procedure, the terminal device starts the first timer.
  • the terminal device executes the RRC connection re-establishment procedure.
  • the specific method may be: during the operation of the first timer, the terminal device performs cell measurement and cell reselection; if the terminal The device determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell satisfies a specific condition (for example, the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell is greater than the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell), and then The first neighboring cell initiates a radio resource control RRC connection re-establishment process; if the terminal device determines that no channel state parameter evaluation value of a neighboring cell satisfies the above-mentioned specific condition until the first timer expires, the terminal device The serving cell performs synchronization detection; if the terminal device can synchronize to the serving cell, the terminal device continues to communicate with the serving cell, and if the terminal device cannot synchronize to the serving cell, then The terminal device initiates an RRC connection re-
  • the terminal device receives the offset of the estimated value of the channel state parameter from the network device or the terminal device pre-configures the offset.
  • the terminal device determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell satisfies a specific condition.
  • the specific method may be: the terminal device determines the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell.
  • the evaluation value is greater than or equal to the sum of the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell and the offset. In this way, it can be accurately determined that the estimated value of the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell satisfies a specific condition.
  • the terminal device receives the second timer duration from the network device or the terminal device preconfigures the second timer duration.
  • the terminal device when the first timer expires or when the terminal device determines that no channel state parameter evaluation value of a neighboring cell meets the specific condition, the terminal device starts the second timing ⁇ ; During the operation of the second timer, the terminal device is prohibited from performing the next RRC connection re-establishment process; when the second timer expires, the terminal device can perform the next RRC connection re-establishment process.
  • the terminal device receives a preset positive integer M from the network device or the terminal device pre-configures the M.
  • the terminal device determines the number of times to execute the first procedure, and the first procedure is the evaluation of the channel state parameters from the terminal device entering a false RLF to the terminal device determining that there is no neighboring cell. Value meets a specific condition; when the number of times is equal to the M, the terminal device deactivates the first threshold value, or the terminal device deactivates the first threshold value and the second threshold Limit. In this way, it is possible to control the number of times that the terminal device performs the RRC re-establishment procedure, so as to avoid resource waste when the terminal device is not re-established from the serving cell to other cells.
  • receiving second indication information from the network device where the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device is allowed to send the channel state information to the network device.
  • the terminal device can subsequently send the channel state information to the network device when the condition is met.
  • the channel state parameters include at least one of the following: reference signal received power (RSRP), reference signal received quality (RSRQ), signal to interference plus noise ratio (RSRP) signal to interference plus noise ratio (SINR), signal-to-noise ratio (signal noise ratio, SNR), number of repetitions of successful reception, number of repetitions, coverage enhancement level, transmit power, downlink block error rate, and specific block error rate Reliably receive the hypothetical physical downlink control channel (physical downlink control channel, PDCCH) link level.
  • RSRP reference signal received power
  • RSRQ reference signal received quality
  • RSRP signal to interference plus noise ratio
  • SINR signal to interference plus noise ratio
  • SNR signal-to-noise ratio
  • the evaluation value of the channel state parameter satisfies a preset condition.
  • the specific method may be: determining that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than a first threshold value, wherein the first threshold
  • the value may be pre-configured by the network device to the terminal device, or sent by the network device to the terminal device, or pre-configured in the terminal device.
  • the terminal device determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than the first threshold value, which may be: the terminal device determines K channel states
  • the evaluation values of the N channel state parameters in the parameters are less than the first threshold value of the corresponding channel state parameters, and N is a positive integer less than K, where K is an integer greater than or equal to 2. In this way, it can be flexibly determined that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell satisfies the preset condition.
  • the second threshold value of the channel state parameter from the network device is received, or the terminal device is pre-configured with the second threshold value.
  • determining that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter satisfies a preset condition may specifically be: determining that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than the first threshold value, and determining the channel state parameter The amount of change in the evaluation value of is greater than or equal to the second threshold value.
  • the amount of change may be the difference between the reference value of the evaluation value and the current value of the evaluation value, or the amount of change may be the difference between the current value of the evaluation value and the reference value of the evaluation value. Difference. In this way, it is possible to restrict only mobile terminal devices from using the method of entering RLF based on the channel state quantity, avoiding stationary terminal devices from using this method, and increasing their power consumption.
  • the reference value of the evaluation value may be the evaluation value of the channel state parameter when the first event occurs, where the first event may be at least one of the following: The evaluation value is less than the first threshold value, it is determined that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than the first threshold value for a first period of time, or it is determined that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is greater than the first threshold The value lasts for the first length of time.
  • the terminal device receives a preset duration T from the network device or the terminal device is pre-configured with the preset duration T.
  • the terminal device determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than the first threshold.
  • the specific method may be: the terminal device determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than the The first threshold value lasts for the preset duration T. This can make the determined result more accurate.
  • the terminal device determines that the change in the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is greater than or equal to the second threshold.
  • the specific method may be: the terminal device determines the evaluation value of the channel state parameter The amount of change is greater than or equal to the second threshold for the preset duration T. This can make the determined result more accurate.
  • the present application provides a communication method, the method is suitable for network equipment, and the method may include: sending first capability indication information to a terminal device, where the first capability indication information is used to indicate the network equipment Support receiving channel state information; receiving channel state information from the terminal device, where the channel state information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the channel state is getting worse, the RLF is about to enter, and the neighbor cell measurement needs to be performed.
  • the terminal device reports the channel state information to the network device, so that the network device can learn that the terminal device performs the neighbor cell measurement in advance, avoiding the waste of resources caused by the network device blindly scheduling the terminal device, and at the same time, if the terminal device performs the neighbor cell measurement in advance At this time, the terminal device can obtain the channel state information of the candidate re-establishment cell to facilitate rapid re-establishment during RLF, or so that the terminal device can enter the RLF in advance when the channel state of the serving cell deteriorates, and then find a better cell to perform in time.
  • Radio resource control (RRC) reconstruction Radio resource control
  • receiving second capability indication information from the terminal device where the second capability indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports reporting channel state information.
  • the network device and the terminal device exchange their respective capability information, and the terminal device determines that it can realize timely connection reconstruction by reporting the channel state information, thereby improving the communication quality of the terminal device.
  • the channel state information is received through the MAC CE of the media access control layer control unit of the channel quality report, and the quality report field in the MAC CE of the channel quality report is used to indicate the channel status Information; or, the channel state information is received through the MAC CE of the BSR of the BSR, and the field in the MAC CE of the BSR is used to indicate the channel state information when the following one is satisfied: the buffer data size is a specific value , The logical channel group identifier LCG ID is a specific value, the LCG ID is a specific value, and the buffer data size is a specific value; or, the channel state information is received through the MAC PDU subheader. In this way, the channel state information can be received flexibly.
  • the buffer data size in the BSR MAC CE is a specific value of 0 to indicate the channel state information; or, to the terminal The device sends a channel state information report activation instruction, and the channel state information report activation instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to report the channel state information; when the network device sends the channel state information report activation instruction, pass all
  • the buffer data size in the BSR MAC CE is a specific value of 0 to indicate the channel state information.
  • a neighboring cell measurement instruction is sent to the terminal device, and the neighboring cell measurement instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to perform neighboring cell measurement.
  • the network device can instruct the terminal device to perform the neighbor cell measurement, so that the terminal device can obtain the channel state information of the candidate reconstruction cell, so as to quickly perform the reconstruction in the RLF.
  • the neighbor cell measurement indication is also used to instruct the terminal device to perform neighbor cell measurement during the inactive time of discontinuous reception of DRX. This can regulate the time for neighboring cell measurements.
  • first information is sent to the terminal device, where the first information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the network device supports mobility enhancement, and the network device allows the terminal device to be in RRC Connected state to perform neighbor cell measurement, the network device allows the terminal device to perform co-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state, the network device allows the terminal device to perform inter-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state, and the network device allows the The terminal device performs measurement during the inactive time of discontinuous reception of DRX. In this way, the terminal device can clarify the supported capabilities of the network device, so that the terminal device can perform operations that comply with the capabilities of the network device.
  • second information from the terminal device is received, and the second information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal device supports mobility enhancement, and the terminal device supports performing in the RRC connected state Neighbor cell measurement, the terminal device supports intra-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state, the terminal device supports inter-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state, and the terminal device supports measurement during the inactive time of DRX or DRX preference indication;
  • the DRX preference indication is used to indicate the DRX cycle preferred by the terminal device, and the DRX cycle is used for neighbor cell measurement.
  • the network device can clarify the capabilities of the terminal device, so that the terminal device can be instructed to operate in compliance with the capabilities.
  • first indication information is sent to the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to enter the RLF.
  • the terminal device can be instructed to enter the RLF through the network device, and blind scheduling of the network device when the terminal device enters the RLF autonomously can be avoided, and resource waste can be avoided.
  • the RLF is a false RLF, and the false RLF is a radio link failure that does not meet the signal conditions for a terminal device to enter the RLF; or, the RLF is an advanced RLF, and the advanced RLF RLF is the radio link failure of the terminal device before reaching the signal condition for entering the RLF.
  • the terminal equipment can enter the RLF in advance to rebuild the cell in time.
  • second indication information is sent to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device is allowed to send channel state information to the network device. In this way, the terminal device can subsequently send the channel state information to the network device when the condition is met.
  • the channel state parameters include at least one of the following: reference signal received power RSRP, reference signal received quality RSRQ, signal to interference plus noise ratio SINR, signal to noise ratio SNR, number of successful reception repetitions, number of retransmissions , Coverage enhancement level, transmit power, downlink radio link block error rate, and reliable reception of the hypothetical PDCCH link level with a specific block error rate.
  • the offset of the estimated value of the channel state parameter is sent to the terminal device.
  • the second timer duration is sent to the terminal device.
  • a preset positive integer M is sent to the terminal device.
  • the second threshold value of the channel state parameter is sent to the terminal device. In this way, it is possible to restrict only mobile terminal devices from using the method of entering RLF based on the channel state quantity, avoiding stationary terminal devices from using this method, and increasing their power consumption.
  • the preset duration T is sent to the terminal device.
  • the present application provides a communication method, the method is suitable for terminal equipment, and the method may include: receiving a first threshold value from a network device, where the first threshold value is used to indicate a channel state parameter After determining that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell and the first threshold value meet the preset condition, it is determined that entering the radio link failed RLF.
  • the terminal device can enter the RLF in advance when the channel state parameter value of the serving cell deteriorates, and then find a better cell for RRC connection reconstruction.
  • the terminal device executes the RRC connection re-establishment procedure after determining to enter the RLF.
  • the channel state parameters include at least one of the following: reference signal received power RSRP, reference signal received quality RSRQ, signal to interference plus noise ratio SINR, signal to noise ratio SNR, number of successful reception repetitions, number of retransmissions , Coverage enhancement level, transmit power, downlink radio link block error rate, and reliable reception of the hypothetical PDCCH link level with a specific block error rate.
  • determining that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell and the first threshold meet a preset condition may specifically be: determining that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell is less than all The first threshold value.
  • the terminal device determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell is less than the first threshold value, which may specifically be: the terminal device determines Among the K channel state parameters, the estimated value of the N channel state parameters is less than the first threshold value of the corresponding channel state parameter, and N is a positive integer less than K, where K is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the second threshold value of the channel state parameter from the network device is received, or the terminal device is pre-configured with the second threshold value.
  • the variation of the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is greater than or equal to the second threshold; wherein the variation may be the difference between the reference value of the evaluation value and the evaluation value
  • the difference between the current value, or the amount of change may be the difference between the current value of the evaluation value and the reference value of the evaluation value.
  • the reference value of the evaluation value may be the evaluation value of the channel state parameter when the first event occurs, where the first event may be at least one of the following: The evaluation value is less than the first threshold value, it is determined that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than the first threshold value for a first period of time, or it is determined that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is greater than the first threshold The value lasts for the first length of time.
  • the terminal device receives a preset duration T from the network device or the terminal device is pre-configured with the preset duration T.
  • the terminal device determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell is less than the first threshold.
  • the specific method may be: the terminal device determines the channel state parameter of the serving cell The evaluation value of is less than the first threshold value for the preset duration T. This can make the determined result more accurate.
  • the terminal device determines that the amount of change in the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is greater than or equal to the second threshold value, which may specifically be: the terminal device determines the amount of change in the evaluation value of the channel state parameter It is greater than or equal to the second threshold value and lasts for the preset time period T. This can make the determined result more accurate.
  • channel state information is sent to the network device, and the channel state information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the channel state is getting worse, the RLF is about to enter, and the neighbor cell measurement needs to be performed;
  • the first indication information of the device where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to enter the RLF.
  • the terminal device can be instructed to enter the RLF through the network device, and blind scheduling of the network device when the terminal device enters the RLF autonomously can be avoided, and resource waste can be avoided.
  • receiving first capability indication information from a network device where the first capability indication information is used to indicate that the network device supports receiving channel state information, or is used to instruct a terminal device to report channel state information, or Used to notify the terminal device that the network device supports determining the channel state of the terminal device according to the channel state information.
  • the network device and the terminal device exchange their respective capability information, and the terminal device determines that it can realize timely connection reconstruction by reporting the channel state information, thereby improving the communication quality of the terminal device.
  • second capability indication information is sent to the network device, where the second capability indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports reporting channel state information.
  • the network device and the terminal device exchange their respective capability information, and the terminal device determines that it can realize timely connection reconstruction by reporting the channel state information, thereby improving the communication quality of the terminal device.
  • the RLF is a false RLF, and the false RLF is a radio link failure that does not meet the signal conditions for a terminal device to enter the RLF; or, the RLF is an advanced RLF, and the advanced RLF RLF is the radio link failure of the terminal device before reaching the signal condition for entering the RLF.
  • the terminal equipment can enter the RLF in advance to rebuild the cell in time.
  • capability information is sent to the network device, where the capability information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal device supports a first threshold value (and a second threshold value) based on channel state parameters ) Perform RRC connection re-establishment, the terminal device supports the first threshold value (and the second threshold value) based on the channel state parameter to enter the RLF, and the terminal device supports mobility enhancement.
  • the network device can clarify the capabilities of the terminal device, thereby instructing operations that comply with the capabilities of the terminal device.
  • third indication information is received from the network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: allow the terminal device to be based on the first threshold value of the channel state parameter (and The second threshold value) performs RRC connection reconstruction, allows the terminal device to enter the RLF based on the first threshold value (and the second threshold value) of the channel state parameter, and allows the terminal device to perform mobility enhancement. In this way, the terminal device can realize the RRC connection re-establishment based on the threshold value of the channel state parameter.
  • the terminal device starts the first timer before performing the RRC connection re-establishment procedure.
  • the terminal device executes the RRC connection re-establishment procedure.
  • the specific method may be: during the operation of the first timer, the terminal device performs cell measurement and cell reselection; if the terminal The device determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell satisfies a specific condition (for example, the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell is greater than the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell), and then The first neighboring cell initiates a radio resource control RRC connection re-establishment process; if the terminal device determines that no channel state parameter evaluation value of a neighboring cell satisfies the above-mentioned specific condition until the first timer expires, the terminal device The serving cell performs synchronization detection; if the terminal device can synchronize to the serving cell, the terminal device continues to communicate with the serving cell, and if the terminal device cannot synchronize to the serving cell, then The terminal device initiates an RRC connection re-
  • the terminal device receives the offset of the estimated value of the channel state parameter from the network device or the terminal device pre-configures the offset.
  • the terminal device determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell satisfies a specific condition.
  • the specific method may be: the terminal device determines the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell.
  • the evaluation value is greater than or equal to the sum of the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell and the offset. In this way, it can be accurately determined that the estimated value of the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell satisfies a specific condition.
  • the terminal device receives the second timer duration from the network device or the terminal device preconfigures the second timer duration.
  • the terminal device when the first timer expires or when the terminal device determines that no channel state parameter evaluation value of a neighboring cell meets the specific condition, the terminal device starts the second timing ⁇ ; During the operation of the second timer, the terminal device is prohibited from performing the next RRC connection re-establishment process; when the second timer expires, the terminal device can perform the next RRC connection re-establishment process.
  • the terminal device receives a preset positive integer M from the network device or the terminal device configures the M.
  • the terminal device determines the number of times to execute the first procedure, and the first procedure is the evaluation of the channel state parameters from the terminal device entering a false RLF to the terminal device determining that there is no neighboring cell. Value meets a specific condition; when the number of times is equal to the M, the terminal device deactivates the first threshold value, or the terminal device deactivates the first threshold value and the second threshold Limit. In this way, it is possible to control the number of times that the terminal device performs the RRC re-establishment procedure, so as to avoid resource waste when the terminal device is not re-established from the serving cell to other cells.
  • the present application provides a communication method, the method is suitable for network equipment, and the method may include: determining a first threshold value, where the first threshold value is used to indicate a threshold of a channel state parameter; The terminal device sends the first threshold value.
  • the terminal device can enter the RLF in advance when the channel state parameter value of the serving cell deteriorates, and then find a better cell for RRC connection reconstruction.
  • the channel state parameters include at least one of the following: reference signal received power RSRP, reference signal received quality RSRQ, signal to interference plus noise ratio SINR, signal to noise ratio SNR, number of successful reception repetitions, number of retransmissions , Coverage enhancement level, transmit power, downlink radio link block error rate, and reliable reception of the hypothetical PDCCH link level with a specific block error rate.
  • the second threshold value of the channel state parameter is sent to the terminal device. In this way, it is possible to restrict only mobile terminal devices from using the method of entering RLF based on the channel state quantity, avoiding stationary terminal devices from using this method, and increasing their power consumption.
  • the preset duration T is sent to the terminal device.
  • receiving channel state information from the terminal device where the channel state information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the channel state is getting worse, the RLF is about to enter, and the neighbor cell measurement needs to be performed;
  • the device sends first indication information, where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to enter the RLF.
  • the terminal device can be instructed to enter the RLF through the network device, and blind scheduling of the network device when the terminal device enters the RLF autonomously can be avoided, and resource waste can be avoided.
  • first capability indication information is sent to the terminal device, where the first capability indication information is used to indicate that the network device supports receiving channel state information, or is used to instruct the terminal device to report channel state information, or To notify the terminal device: the network device supports determining the channel state of the terminal device according to the channel state information. In this way, the network device and the terminal device exchange their respective capability information, and the terminal device determines that it can realize timely connection reconstruction by reporting the channel state information, thereby improving the communication quality of the terminal device.
  • receiving second capability indication information from the terminal device where the second capability indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports reporting channel state information.
  • the network device and the terminal device exchange their respective capability information, and the terminal device determines that it can realize timely connection reconstruction by reporting the channel state information, thereby improving the communication quality of the terminal device.
  • the RLF is a false RLF, and the false RLF is a radio link failure that does not meet the signal conditions for a terminal device to enter the RLF; or, the RLF is an advanced RLF, and the advanced RLF RLF is the radio link failure of the terminal device before reaching the signal condition for entering the RLF.
  • the terminal equipment can enter the RLF in advance to rebuild the cell in time.
  • receiving capability information from the terminal device where the capability information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal device supports a first threshold value (and a second threshold value) based on channel state parameters Value) to perform RRC connection re-establishment, the terminal device supports the first threshold value (and the second threshold value) based on the channel state parameter to enter the RLF, and the terminal device supports mobility enhancement.
  • the network device can clarify the capabilities of the terminal device, thereby instructing operations that comply with the capabilities of the terminal device.
  • third indication information is sent to the terminal device, where the third indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: allowing the terminal device to be based on the first threshold value (and the first threshold value) of the channel state parameter Two thresholds) perform RRC connection reconstruction, allow the terminal device to enter the RLF based on the first threshold (and the second threshold) of the channel state parameter, and allow the terminal device to perform mobility enhancement. In this way, the terminal device can realize the RRC connection re-establishment based on the threshold value of the channel state parameter.
  • the offset of the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is sent to the terminal device or the offset is preconfigured by the terminal device.
  • the second timer duration is sent to the terminal device.
  • a preset positive integer M is sent to the terminal device.
  • the present application also provides a communication device.
  • the communication device may be a terminal device.
  • the communication device is used to implement the function of the terminal device in the first aspect or each possible design example of the first aspect.
  • the function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
  • the structure of the communication device includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit. These units can perform the corresponding functions of the terminal device in the first aspect or each possible design example of the first aspect. For details, refer to the method example The detailed description in, I won’t repeat it here.
  • the structure of the communication device includes a transceiver, a processor, and optionally a memory.
  • the transceiver is used for sending and receiving data and for communicating and interacting with other devices in the communication system.
  • the processor is configured to support the communication device to perform the above-mentioned first aspect or the corresponding function of the terminal device in each possible design example of the first aspect.
  • the memory is coupled with the processor, and it stores program instructions and data necessary for the communication device.
  • the present application also provides a communication device.
  • the communication device may be a network device, and the communication device is configured to implement the function of the network device in the second aspect or each possible design example of the second aspect.
  • the function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
  • the structure of the communication device includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit. These units can perform the corresponding functions of the network device in the second aspect or each possible design example of the second aspect. For details, refer to the method example The detailed description in, I won’t repeat it here.
  • the structure of the communication device includes a transceiver, a processor, and optionally a memory.
  • the transceiver is used for sending and receiving data and for communicating and interacting with other devices in the communication system.
  • the processor is configured to support the communication device to perform the corresponding function of the network device in the foregoing second aspect or each possible design example of the second aspect.
  • the memory is coupled with the processor, and it stores program instructions and data necessary for the communication device.
  • the present application also provides a communication device, where the communication device may be a terminal device, and the communication device is configured to implement the function of the terminal device in the foregoing third aspect or each possible design example of the third aspect.
  • the function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
  • the structure of the communication device includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit. These units can perform the corresponding functions of the terminal device in the third aspect or each possible design example of the third aspect. For details, refer to the method example The detailed description in, I won’t repeat it here.
  • the structure of the communication device includes a transceiver, a processor, and optionally a memory.
  • the transceiver is used for sending and receiving data and for communicating and interacting with other devices in the communication system.
  • the processor is configured to support the communication device to perform the corresponding function of the terminal device in the foregoing third aspect or each possible design example of the third aspect.
  • the memory is coupled with the processor, and it stores program instructions and data necessary for the communication device.
  • the present application also provides a communication device, where the communication device may be a network device, and the communication device is configured to implement the function of the network device in the foregoing fourth aspect or each possible design example of the fourth aspect.
  • the function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
  • the structure of the communication device includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit. These units can perform the corresponding functions of the network equipment in the fourth aspect or each possible design example of the fourth aspect. For details, refer to the method example The detailed description in, I won’t repeat it here.
  • the structure of the communication device includes a transceiver, a processor, and optionally a memory.
  • the transceiver is used for sending and receiving data and for communicating and interacting with other devices in the communication system.
  • the processor is configured to support the communication device to perform the corresponding function of the network device in the foregoing fourth aspect or each possible design example of the fourth aspect.
  • the memory is coupled with the processor, and it stores program instructions and data necessary for the communication device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, which may include the aforementioned terminal device and network device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores program instructions, and when the program instructions run on a computer, the computer executes any possible design in the above-mentioned aspects.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer.
  • computer-readable media may include non-transitory computer-readable media, random-access memory (RAM), read-only memory (ROM), and electrically erasable In addition to programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM), CD-ROM or other optical disk storage, magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store desired program codes in the form of instructions or data structures and can Any other medium accessed by the computer.
  • RAM random-access memory
  • ROM read-only memory
  • EEPROM electrically erasable
  • CD-ROM or other optical disk storage magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store desired program codes in the form of instructions or data structures and can Any other medium accessed by the computer.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product including computer program code or instructions, which, when run on a computer, enables the computer to implement the method described in any of the foregoing aspects.
  • the present application also provides a chip, including a processor and a communication interface, the processor is coupled with the memory, and is configured to read and execute the program instructions stored in the memory, so that the chip can realize Any of the above methods.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system in the prior art
  • Figure 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by this application.
  • FIG. 3 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by this application.
  • FIG. 4 is a flowchart of another communication method provided by this application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by this application.
  • FIG. 6 is a structural diagram of a communication device provided by this application.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and device, which are used to realize timely connection re-establishment of terminal equipment.
  • the method and device described in the present application are based on the same inventive concept, and because the method and the device have similar principles for solving the problem, the implementation of the device and the method can be referred to each other, and the repetition will not be repeated.
  • At least one (item) refers to one (item) or more (items), and “multiple (item)” refers to two (items) or two (items).
  • the following at least one (item)” or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (a) or a plurality of items (a).
  • at least one of a, b, or c can mean: a, b, c, a and b, a and c, b and c, or a, b and c, where a, b, c It can be single or multiple.
  • a radio link failure refers to the interruption of the physical layer connection between a terminal device and a network device, which occurs in the RRC connection state of the terminal device.
  • RLF radio link failure
  • the terminal device enters the RRC idle state from the RRC connected state.
  • entering the RLF mentioned in this application means that the terminal device determines to enter the physical layer connection interruption state with the network device, wherein the "entering RLF” can also be understood as entering the RLF state or RLF occurs. Further, in this state, the terminal device will initiate RRC connection re-establishment.
  • the network device can instruct the terminal device to enter the RLF in advance, that is, through the method provided in this application, the terminal device can enter the RLF in time, perform cell search and measurement in time, and access the appropriate cell in time to avoid
  • the long-term neighbor cell search and measurement are caused by the occurrence of RLF in the signal condition of the serving cell deteriorated, thereby shortening the interruption time of the terminal equipment service transmission and optimizing the communication quality of the terminal equipment.
  • FIG. 2 shows the architecture of a possible communication system to which the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application is applicable.
  • the architecture of the communication system includes a terminal device and at least two network devices, where:
  • the network device is a device with a wireless transceiver function or a chip that can be installed in the network device.
  • Network equipment is the bridge between the terminal equipment and the core network.
  • the network equipment can be connected through the X2/Xn interface. Its main functions are: wireless resource management, internet protocol (IP) header compression and user data stream encryption , Mobility Management Entity (MME)/Access and Mobility Management Function (AMF) when the terminal device is attached selects and routes user plane data to the Serving Gateway S-GW )/User plane function (UPF), organization and transmission of paging messages, organization and transmission of broadcast messages, measurement and measurement report configuration for the purpose of mobility or scheduling, etc.
  • IP internet protocol
  • MME Mobility Management Entity
  • AMF Access and Mobility Management Function
  • the network equipment includes but is not limited to: evolved node B (evolved node B, eNB), new generation node B (generated node B, gNB), evolved node B (ng-eNB) connected to the 5G core network, wireless network control Radio network controller (RNC), node B (Node B, NB), base station controller (BSC), base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved NodeB), or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (BBU), access point (AP), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point in wireless fidelity (WIFI) system (transmission and reception point, TRP or transmission point, TP), etc., can also be network nodes that constitute a gNB or transmission point, such as a baseband unit (BBU), or a distributed unit (DU), etc.
  • a network device 1 and a network device 2 are exemplarily shown.
  • the terminal equipment may also be referred to as user equipment (UE), access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile equipment, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication equipment , User agent or user device.
  • the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may be a mobile phone (mobile phone), a tablet computer (Pad), a computer with a wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, and an augmented reality (AR) terminal Equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical, wireless terminals in smart grid, transportation safety ( Wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, smart terminals, multimedia devices, streaming media devices, and so on.
  • terminal devices with wireless transceiver functions and chips that can be installed in the aforementioned terminal devices are collectively referred to as terminal devices.
  • the terminal device establishes an RRC connection with the network device 1 in cell 1, and after that, the terminal device moves from cell 1 of the network device 1 to cell 2 of the network device 2, The RRC connection with the network device 2 needs to be established.
  • the communication system shown in FIG. 1 can be, but is not limited to, a long term evolution (LTE) communication system or a fifth generation (5th Generation, 5G) communication system, such as a new generation of wireless access technology (new radio access technology (NR).
  • LTE long term evolution
  • 5G fifth generation
  • NR new radio access technology
  • the method in the embodiments of the present application is also applicable to various future communication systems, such as 6G systems or other communication networks.
  • the execution subject is the terminal device and the network device for the description of the embodiments.
  • the terminal device can also be replaced with a processor in the terminal device, or a chip or a chip system, or a functional module, etc.
  • the network device can also be It is replaced by a processor in a network device, or a chip or a chip system, or a functional module, which is not limited in this application.
  • a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application is applicable to the communication system shown in FIG. 2.
  • the specific process of the method may include:
  • Step 301 The terminal device determines the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell.
  • the channel state parameters may include at least one of the following: reference signal received power (RSRP), reference signal received quality (RSRQ), signal and interference plus noise Ratio (signal to interference plus noise ratio, SINR), signal to noise ratio (signal noise ratio, SNR), number of successful reception repetitions, retransmission times, coverage enhancement level, transmit power, downlink block error rate, and specific error
  • RSRP reference signal received power
  • RSRQ reference signal received quality
  • SINR signal and interference plus noise Ratio
  • SINR signal to noise ratio
  • SNR signal to noise ratio
  • number of successful reception repetitions may be the number of repetitions required for the terminal device to successfully receive downlink transmission
  • the number of repetitions of transmission may be the number of repeated transmissions of a transport block (TB).
  • TB transport block
  • the evaluation value may be obtained by the terminal device through measurement.
  • the terminal device obtains RSRP, RSRQ, SINR or SNR by measuring the reference signal of the serving cell.
  • the evaluation value may be determined by the terminal device according to the count of the number of repetitions of receiving downlink transmissions or the number of repetitions of sending uplink transmissions.
  • the terminal device receives the downlink transmission repeatedly sent by the network device, and determines the number of repetitions used for successfully receiving the downlink transmission, and the number of repetitions of the successful reception can reflect the channel state of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the number of uplink transmission repetitions configured by the network device for sending uplink transmissions or the configured coverage enhancement level, and the number of uplink transmission repetitions or the coverage enhancement level can reflect the channel state of the terminal device.
  • channel state parameter is only an example, and other definitions are also possible, which is not limited in this application.
  • Step 302 The terminal device determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter satisfies a preset condition.
  • the terminal device determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter satisfies a preset condition, which may specifically be: the terminal device determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than a first threshold value.
  • the first threshold value may be pre-configured by the network device to the terminal device, or sent by the network device to the terminal device before step 301, or pre-configured in the terminal device. equipment.
  • the first threshold value may also be determined by the terminal device according to a parameter used to determine the first threshold value, which is not limited in this application.
  • the terminal device determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than the first threshold value Specifically, it may be: the terminal device determines that the evaluation value of the N channel state parameters of the K channel state parameters is less than the first threshold value of the corresponding channel state parameter, and N is a positive integer less than or equal to K.
  • the terminal device further receives the second threshold value of the channel state parameter from the network device, or the terminal device is pre-configured with the second threshold value.
  • the terminal device determining that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter satisfies a preset condition may specifically be: the terminal device determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than the first threshold value, and determining that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than the first threshold value.
  • the amount of change in the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is greater than or equal to the second threshold value.
  • the amount of change may be the difference between the reference value of the evaluation value and the current value of the evaluation value, or the amount of change may be the difference between the current value of the evaluation value and the reference value of the evaluation value. Difference.
  • the reference value of the evaluation value may be the evaluation value of the channel state parameter when the first event occurs.
  • the first event may be at least one of the following:
  • the terminal device determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than the first threshold value.
  • the terminal device determines that the estimated value of the channel state parameter is less than the first threshold value for a first period of time.
  • the terminal device determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is greater than the first threshold value for a first period of time.
  • the currently determined evaluation value is recorded as the reference value.
  • the current value of the evaluation value is the currently determined evaluation value.
  • the terminal device receives a preset duration T from the network device or the terminal device is pre-configured with the preset duration T, and then the terminal device determines the channel state
  • the evaluation value of the parameter is less than the first threshold value, which may specifically be: the terminal device determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than the first threshold value for the preset duration T.
  • the terminal device receives a preset duration T from the network device or the terminal device is pre-configured with the preset duration T, and the terminal device determines the channel state parameter
  • the amount of change in the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is greater than or equal to the second threshold value, which may specifically be: the terminal device determines that the amount of change in the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is greater than or equal to the second threshold value to continue the The preset duration is T.
  • Step 303 The terminal device sends channel state information to the network device, where the channel state information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the channel state is getting worse, the RLF is about to enter, and the neighbor cell measurement needs to be performed.
  • the method further includes step 3031: the network device sends first capability indication information to the terminal device, where the first capability indication information is used to indicate that the network device supports receiving channel state information.
  • the network device may notify the terminal device through the first capability indication information: the network device supports receiving channel state information, or the first capability indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report channel state information , Or notify the terminal device through the first capability indication information: the network device supports determining the channel state of the terminal device according to the channel state information.
  • the method further includes step 3032: the terminal device sends second capability indication information to the network device, where the second capability indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports reporting channel state information. Specifically, after the terminal device receives the first capability indication information from the network device, it can be determined that the network device supports receiving channel state information. In a possible implementation, the terminal device informs the network device through the second capability indication information: the terminal device Support reporting channel state information, or it can also be understood that the second capability report indication information responds to the first capability indication information.
  • step 3031 and step 3032 the network device and the terminal device exchange their respective capability information, and the terminal device determines that it can realize timely connection reconstruction by reporting the channel state information, thereby improving the communication quality of the terminal device.
  • the method further includes step 3033: the network device sends a channel state information report activation indication to the terminal device (for example, enabling channel state information reporting ((channel state information, CSI)-report) enable)), the channel state information reporting activation indication is used to indicate that the terminal device can report the channel state information.
  • the terminal device receives the channel state reporting activation instruction, it may send channel state information to the network device after determining that a preset condition is satisfied.
  • the channel state information may be sent in the following three ways:
  • the channel state information is sent through a media access control control element (MAC CE) of a channel quality report.
  • MAC CE media access control control element
  • Table 1 and Table 2 are structural schematic examples of the MAC CE and the corresponding subheader of the channel quality report.
  • the MAC CE of the channel quality report and the corresponding sub-header may include a logical channel identification (logical channel identification, LCID) field, a quality report (quality report) field, and reserved bits.
  • LCID logical channel identification
  • quality report quality report
  • the quality report field in the MAC CE of the channel quality report is used to indicate the channel state information.
  • the content transmitted by the MAC CE is a downlink channel quality report (downlink channel quality report). That is to say, when the value of the LCID field is 10001, the structure of the MAC CE and the corresponding subheader can be as shown in Table 1 or Table 2.
  • the quality report field in the MAC CE can be used to indicate the channel quality. Or the channel state information. For example, the quality report field can be used to indicate that the channel status has deteriorated.
  • the network device can determine the channel status of the terminal device, and further schedule the terminal device according to the channel status.
  • Table 3 shows the corresponding relationship between the quality report value and the value value.
  • the value column in Table 3 is the value corresponding to different values of quality report, and different values indicate different meanings; for example, as shown in the current table 3, when the value of quality report is 0001 When -1100, they correspond to different candidate repetition times.
  • the value of quality report (that is, the bits in the quality report bits column in Table 3) is 1101 to indicate the channel state information.
  • the value of quality report is only an example.
  • the value of quality report can also be 0000, 1110, or 1111 to indicate the channel state information, which is not limited in this application.
  • the channel status can be indicated by the value of quality report 1101, that is, the "quality report value is 1101" as the channel status indication (bad channel status indication, BCSI), the channel status information
  • quality report 1101 that is, the "quality report value is 1101" as the channel status indication (bad channel status indication, BCSI)
  • BCSI bad channel status indication
  • Different values can be used to indicate the meaning of the aforementioned channel state information indication, which is not limited in this application.
  • the reserved field in the MAC CE of the channel quality report is used to indicate the channel state information.
  • the R field in the MAC CE can be used to indicate the channel state information.
  • the first R field is predefined to indicate that the neighbor cell measurement is performed in advance.
  • the network device can determine the channel state of the terminal device, and further schedule the terminal device according to the channel state.
  • the R field can be shared with the quality report field.
  • the first R field is used to indicate the deterioration of channel quality
  • the quality report is used to indicate the number of repetitions to improve communication efficiency.
  • the channel state information is sent through the MAC CE of the buffer status report (buffer status report, BSR).
  • Table 4 is an example of a schematic structural diagram of BSR MAC CE and corresponding sub-headers.
  • the BSR MAC CE and the corresponding sub-header may include an LCID field, a buffer size (buffer size) field, a logical channel group identity (logical channel group identity, LCG ID) field, R, F2 , E field.
  • the buffer size (buffer size) in the BSR MAC CE is a specific value, it is used to indicate the channel state information.
  • the LCID is 11101
  • the LCG ID is 00
  • the buffer size is a specific value of 0, it is used to indicate the channel state information.
  • the channel state information may be indicated by the value of the buffer size being a specific value of 0 or other values.
  • the value of buffer size can be 0 to indicate that the neighbor cell measurement needs to be performed. In this way, the network device can learn that the terminal device performs the neighbor cell measurement in advance based on the instruction in this way, and avoid resource waste caused by the network device blindly dispatching the terminal device.
  • step 3033 when the terminal device sends channel state information to the network device after determining that the preset condition is satisfied, the terminal device may set the buffer size to a specific value of 0 or other values To indicate the channel state information.
  • the value of buffer size can be 0 to indicate that RLF is about to be entered. In this way, the network device can learn that the terminal device performs the neighbor cell measurement in advance based on the instruction in this way, and avoid resource waste caused by the network device blindly dispatching the terminal device.
  • the LCG ID in the BSR MAC CE is a specific value, it is used to indicate the channel state information.
  • the value of the LCG ID field is the specific value 01 or 10 or 11, etc., used to indicate the channel status information.
  • the value of the LCG ID field is 01, it can indicate that the channel state has deteriorated; for another example, when the value of the LCG ID field is 10, it can indicate that neighbouring cell measurement is required; for another example, when the value of the LCG ID field is 11, it can indicate that Enter RLF.
  • the foregoing example is only an example, and there are other possible indication situations, which are not limited in this application.
  • the network device can learn that the terminal device performs the neighbor cell measurement in advance based on the instruction in this way, and avoid resource waste caused by the network device blindly dispatching the terminal device.
  • the LCG ID in the BSR MAC CE is a specific value and the buffer size is a specific value, it is used to indicate the channel state information.
  • the LCG ID is the specific value 01 or 10 or 11 or other values and the buffer size is the specific value 0 or other Value is used to indicate the channel state information.
  • the LCG ID is 01 and the buffer size is 0, it can indicate that the channel state has deteriorated; for example, when the LCG ID is 10 and the buffer size is 0, it can indicate that the neighbor cell measurement needs to be performed; for example, the LCG ID is 11 and the buffer size is 0.
  • it it can indicate that RLF is about to be entered.
  • the network device can learn that the terminal device performs the neighbor cell measurement in advance based on the instruction in this way, and avoid resource waste caused by the network device blindly dispatching the terminal device.
  • Manner a3 The channel state information is sent through a MAC packet data unit (packet data unit, PDU) sub-header (sub-header).
  • PDU packet data unit
  • sub-header sub-header
  • Table 5 and Table 6 are examples of schematic diagrams of the structure of the MAC subheader.
  • the MAC PDU subheader can include the LCID field, the R field, the F2 field, and the E field; as shown in Table 6, the MAC PDU subheader can include the LCID field, the R field, the F2 field, and the E field. , F field, L field.
  • the R field in the MAC PDU subheader is used to indicate the channel state information.
  • the network device can learn that the terminal device performs the neighbor cell measurement in advance based on the instruction in this way, and avoid resource waste caused by the network device blindly dispatching the terminal device.
  • the F2 field in the MAC PDU subheader is used to indicate the channel state information.
  • the network device can learn that the terminal device performs the neighbor cell measurement in advance based on the instruction in this way, and avoid resource waste caused by the network device blindly dispatching the terminal device.
  • the LCID field in the MAC PDU subheader is used to indicate the channel state information.
  • the F field in the MAC PDU subheader is used to indicate the channel state information.
  • the network device can learn that the terminal device performs the neighbor cell measurement in advance based on the instruction in this way, and avoid resource waste caused by the network device blindly dispatching the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may execute at least one of the following procedures:
  • Process c1 The terminal device performs neighbor cell measurement.
  • the terminal device performs neighbor cell measurement by itself.
  • the terminal device performs a neighbor cell measurement after receiving a neighbor cell measurement instruction from the network device, and the neighbor cell measurement instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to perform a neighbor cell measurement .
  • the neighbor cell measurement indication is further used to instruct the terminal device to perform neighbor cell measurement during the inactive time of discontinuous reception (DRX).
  • DRX discontinuous reception
  • the neighbor cell measurement indication may be sent by the network device in the following three ways:
  • the neighbor cell measurement indication may be sent by the MAC CE that triggers the downlink channel quality report, where the neighbor cell measurement indication may be indicated when the LCID in the MAC CE of the downlink channel quality report is a specific value.
  • the current standard defines the LCID as 10001 to add a function for indicating the measurement indication of the neighboring cell (that is, when the LCID is 10001, it can be
  • the indication content predefined by the current standard can also indicate neighboring cell measurement at the same time), or other bit values, such as a value that is not defined in the current standard (such as a reserved value), can be used to indicate the neighboring cell measurement indication.
  • the application is not restricted. In this way, in the above manner, the terminal device can perform the neighbor cell measurement after receiving the neighbor cell measurement instruction, so that the channel state of the candidate re-establishment cell can be learned, so as to facilitate rapid re-establishment in the RLF.
  • the neighboring cell measurement indication may be sent through the MAC PDU subheader, where the neighboring cell measurement indication may be indicated when the LCID in the MAC PDU subheader is a specific value.
  • the neighboring cell measurement indication may be indicated when the LCID in the MAC PDU subheader is a specific value.
  • the terminal device can perform the neighbor cell measurement after receiving the neighbor cell measurement instruction, so that the channel state of the candidate re-establishment cell can be learned, so as to facilitate rapid re-establishment in the RLF.
  • the neighbor cell measurement indication may be sent through the MAC PDU subheader, where the neighbor cell measurement indication may be indicated by the F2 field in the MAC PDU subheader having a specific value.
  • F2 when F2 is a specific value of 1 or other values, it is used to indicate the neighboring cell measurement indication.
  • the terminal device can perform the neighbor cell measurement after receiving the neighbor cell measurement instruction, so that the channel state of the candidate re-establishment cell can be learned, so as to facilitate rapid re-establishment in the RLF.
  • the neighboring cell measurement instruction may be sent through a MAC PDU subheader, where the neighboring cell measurement instruction may be indicated through the R field in the MAC PDU subheader having a specific value.
  • R is a specific value of 1 or other values, it is used to indicate the neighbor cell measurement indication.
  • the terminal device can perform the neighbor cell measurement after receiving the neighbor cell measurement instruction, so that the channel state of the candidate re-establishment cell can be learned, so as to facilitate rapid re-establishment in the RLF.
  • the neighboring cell measurement instruction may be sent through a MAC PDU subheader, where the neighboring cell measurement instruction may be indicated when the F field in the MAC PDU subheader is a specific value.
  • F the F field in the MAC PDU subheader
  • Table 6 when F is a specific value of 1 or other values, it is used to indicate the neighbor cell measurement indication.
  • the terminal device can perform the neighbor cell measurement after receiving the neighbor cell measurement instruction, so that the channel state of the candidate re-establishment cell can be learned, so as to facilitate rapid re-establishment in the RLF.
  • the network device sends first information to the terminal device, where the first information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the network device supports mobility enhancement
  • the network device allows the terminal device to perform neighbor cell measurement in the RRC connected state, the network device allows the terminal device to perform co-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state, and the network device allows the terminal device to perform the same-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state. Perform inter-frequency measurement, and the network device allows the terminal device to perform measurement during the inactive time of discontinuous reception of DRX.
  • the terminal device sends second information to the network device, and the second information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal device supports mobility enhancement, and the terminal device Supports neighbor cell measurement in the RRC connected state, the terminal device supports co-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state, the terminal device supports inter-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state, and the terminal device supports the DRX inactive time Measurement or DRX preference indication; the DRX preference indication is used to indicate the DRX cycle preferred by the terminal device, and the DRX cycle is used for neighbor cell measurement.
  • Process c2 The terminal device receives first indication information from the network device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to enter the RLF; the terminal device determines that the radio link fails to enter the RLF, and executes the radio resource Control the RRC connection re-establishment process.
  • the RLF is false RLF (false RLF), and the false RLF is a radio link failure that does not meet the signal conditions for the terminal device to enter the RLF; or, the RLF is early RLF (early RLF), the early RLF is the radio link failure of the terminal device before reaching the signal condition for entering the RLF.
  • the terminal device before the terminal device executes the RRC connection re-establishment procedure, the terminal device starts the first timer.
  • the first timer may be timer T311'.
  • the terminal device executes the RRC connection re-establishment process.
  • the specific process may be: During the operation of the first timer, the terminal device performs cell measurement and cell reselection; if the terminal The device determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell satisfies a certain condition (for example, the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell is greater than the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell), and then The first neighboring cell initiates the RRC connection re-establishment process; if the terminal device determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of no neighboring cell satisfies the above-mentioned specific condition until the first timer expires, the terminal device sends the service to the service The cell is synchronized; if the terminal device can synchronize to the serving cell, the terminal device continues to communicate with the serving cell; if the terminal device cannot synchronize to the serving cell, the terminal device The serving cell initiates an RRC
  • the process from the terminal device entering the false RLF to the terminal device determining that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of no neighboring cell satisfies a specific condition can be recorded as a process c3.
  • the terminal device receives the second timer duration from the network device or the terminal device preconfigures the second timer duration. Wherein, the second timer is used to control false RLF.
  • the terminal device when the first timer expires or when the terminal device determines that no evaluation value of the channel state parameter of a neighboring cell satisfies the above-mentioned specific condition, the terminal device starts the first timer Two timers; during the operation of the second timer, the terminal device is prohibited from performing the next RRC connection re-establishment procedure; when the second timer expires, the terminal device can perform the next RRC connection re-establishment procedure.
  • the terminal device determines the number of times to execute the process c3; when the number of times is equal to M, the terminal device deactivates the first threshold value, or the terminal The device deactivates the first threshold value and the second threshold value.
  • M is a positive integer configured by the network device or a positive integer preconfigured by the terminal device.
  • the network device sends second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device is allowed to send the channel state information to the network device.
  • the terminal device reports channel state information to the network device, so that the network device can learn that the terminal device performs the neighbor cell measurement in advance, avoiding the waste of resources caused by the network device blindly dispatching the terminal device.
  • the terminal device performs neighbor cell measurement in advance, and the terminal device can obtain the channel state information of the candidate re-establishment cell to facilitate rapid re-establishment during RLF, or to facilitate the terminal device to enter the RLF in advance when the channel state of the serving cell deteriorates, and then Find a better cell in time for RRC reconstruction.
  • Another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application is applicable to the communication system shown in FIG. 2.
  • the specific process of the method may include:
  • Step 401 The network device determines a first threshold value, where the first threshold value is used to indicate the threshold of the channel state parameter.
  • step 301 for the meaning of the channel state parameter, reference may be made to the related description in step 301, which will not be repeated here.
  • the network device determines at least two corresponding first threshold values.
  • Step 402 The network device sends the first threshold value to a terminal device.
  • the network device may send the first threshold value to the terminal device through any of the following messages: system message, RRC connection setup (RRC connection setup) message, RRC connection reconfiguration (RRC connection reconfiguration) Messages, RRC connection resume (RRC connection resume) messages, etc.
  • Step 403 The terminal device determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell and the first threshold value satisfy a preset condition.
  • the terminal device determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell and the first threshold value meet a preset condition, reference may be made to the related description in step 302, which will not be described in detail here.
  • the network device sends the second threshold value of the channel state parameter to the terminal device, or the terminal device is pre-configured with the second threshold value. Specifically, please refer to the related description in step 302, which will not be repeated here.
  • the network device sends a preset duration T to the terminal device or the terminal device is pre-configured with the preset duration T.
  • a preset duration T For details, refer to the related description in step 302 , I won’t repeat it here.
  • Step 404 The terminal device determines that it fails to enter the radio link RLF.
  • the terminal device executes a radio resource control RRC connection re-establishment procedure.
  • the terminal device before the terminal device determines that the radio link fails to enter the RLF, the terminal device sends channel state information to the network device.
  • channel state information For the specific channel state information, refer to step 303 The related description of, will not be described in detail here.
  • the terminal device before sending the channel state information to the network device, receives first capability indication information from the network device, and sends second capability indication information to the network device
  • first capability indication information from the network device
  • second capability indication information to the network device
  • the terminal device receives first indication information from the network device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to enter the RLF.
  • the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to enter the RLF.
  • the terminal device before the terminal device executes the RRC connection re-establishment procedure, the terminal device starts the first timer.
  • the first timer may be timer T311'.
  • the terminal device executes the RRC connection re-establishment process.
  • the specific process reference may be made to the related description in step 303, which will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device receives the offset of the estimated value of the channel state parameter from the network device or the terminal device pre-configures the offset. For details, refer to the related description in step 303.
  • the terminal device receives the second timer duration from the network device or the terminal device pre-configures the second timer duration. Wherein, the second timer is used to control false RLF.
  • the terminal device receives a positive integer M configured by the network device or the terminal device preconfigures the positive integer M.
  • the terminal device determines the number of times to execute the process c3 in step 303. For details, refer to the related description in step 303.
  • the terminal device sends capability information to the network device, where the capability information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal device supports a first threshold value based on channel state parameters (And the second threshold) perform RRC connection re-establishment, the terminal device supports the first threshold (and the second threshold) based on the channel state parameter to enter the RLF, and the terminal device supports mobility enhancement.
  • the capability information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal device supports a first threshold value based on channel state parameters (And the second threshold) perform RRC connection re-establishment, the terminal device supports the first threshold (and the second threshold) based on the channel state parameter to enter the RLF, and the terminal device supports mobility enhancement.
  • the terminal device receives third indication information from the network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: allowing the terminal device to perform the operation based on the channel state parameter The first threshold value (and the second threshold value) performs RRC connection reestablishment, the terminal device is allowed to enter the RLF based on the first threshold value (and the second threshold value) of the channel state parameter, and the terminal device is allowed to perform Increased mobility.
  • the terminal device can enter the RLF in advance when the channel state parameter value of the serving cell deteriorates, and then Find a better cell for RRC connection re-establishment.
  • the communication device 500 may include a transceiver unit 501 and a processing unit 502.
  • the transceiving unit 501 is used for the communication device 500 to receive information (message or data) or to send information (message or data)
  • the processing unit 502 is used to control and manage the actions of the communication device 500.
  • the processing unit 502 may also control the steps performed by the transceiver unit 501.
  • the communication device 500 may be the terminal device in the above-mentioned embodiment, specifically may be a processor, or a chip or a chip system in the terminal device, or a functional module, etc.; or, the communication device 500 may be It is the network device in the foregoing embodiment, which may specifically be a processor, or a chip or a chip system, or a functional module of the network device.
  • the communication device 500 when used to implement the function of the terminal device in the embodiment described in FIG. 3, it may specifically include:
  • the processing unit 502 is used to determine the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell, and to determine that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter satisfies a preset condition; the transceiving unit 501 is used to send channel state information to the network device, the The channel state information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the channel state is getting worse, the RLF is about to enter, and the neighbor cell measurement needs to be performed.
  • the transceiving unit 501 is further configured to receive first capability indication information from a network device, where the first capability indication information is used to indicate that the network device supports receiving channel state information, or It is used to instruct the terminal device to report channel state information, or to notify the terminal device that the network device supports determining the channel state of the terminal device according to the channel state information.
  • the transceiving unit 501 is further configured to send second capability indication information to the network device, where the second capability indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports reporting channel state information.
  • the channel state information is sent through the MAC CE of the channel quality report, and the quality report field in the MAC CE of the channel quality report is used to indicate the channel state information; or, the channel The status information is sent through the MAC CE of the BSR, and the field in the MAC CE of the BSR is used to indicate the channel status information when the following one is satisfied: the buffer data size is a specific value, and the logical channel group identifier LCG ID is a specific value , LCG ID is a specific value and the buffered data size is a specific value; or, the channel state information is sent through the MAC PDU subheader.
  • the buffer data size in the BSR MAC CE is a specific value of 0 to indicate the channel state information; or
  • the transceiving unit 501 is further configured to receive a channel state information reporting activation instruction from the network device, and the channel state information reporting activation instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to report the channel state information; when the transceiver unit 501 receives When the channel state information reports the activation indication, the channel state information is indicated by using the buffer data size in the BSR MAC CE to be a specific value of 0.
  • the processing unit 502 is also used to perform neighbor cell measurement.
  • the transceiver unit 501 is further configured to receive a neighbor cell measurement instruction from the network device, and the neighbor cell measurement instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to perform neighbor cell measurement.
  • the neighbor cell measurement indication is also used to instruct the terminal device to perform neighbor cell measurement during the inactive time of discontinuous reception of DRX.
  • the transceiving unit 501 is further configured to receive first information from the network device, where the first information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the network device supports mobility enhancement, The network device allows the terminal device to perform neighbor cell measurements in the RRC connected state, the network device allows the terminal device to perform intra-frequency measurements in the RRC connected state, and the network device allows the terminal device to perform measurements in the RRC connected state. Inter-frequency measurement, the network device allows the terminal device to perform measurement during the inactive time of discontinuous reception of DRX.
  • the transceiving unit 501 is further configured to send second information to the network device, where the second information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal device supports mobility enhancement, and the terminal device supports RRC Connected state for neighbor cell measurement, the terminal device supports co-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state, the terminal device supports inter-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state, and the terminal device supports measurement or DRX in the inactive time of DRX Preference indication; the DRX preference indication is used to indicate the DRX cycle preferred by the terminal device, and the DRX cycle is used for neighbor cell measurement.
  • the transceiving unit 501 is further configured to receive first indication information from the network device, and the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to enter the RLF; the processing unit 502 also uses When it is determined that the RLF has failed to enter the radio link, the radio resource control RRC connection re-establishment procedure is executed.
  • the RLF is a false RLF
  • the false RLF is a radio link failure that does not meet the signal conditions for a terminal device to enter the RLF; or, the RLF is an advanced RLF, and the advanced RLF is The wireless link of the terminal device fails before reaching the signal condition for entering the RLF.
  • the processing unit 502 is further configured to start the first timer before executing the RRC connection re-establishment procedure.
  • the processing unit 502 executes the RRC connection re-establishment procedure, it is specifically configured to: perform cell measurement and cell reselection during the operation of the first timer; if the first neighboring cell is determined The estimated value of the channel state parameter meets a specific condition (for example, the estimated value of the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell is greater than the estimated value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell), then the transceiver unit 501 is controlled to report to the The first neighboring cell initiates the radio resource control RRC connection re-establishment process; if it is determined that the estimated value of the channel state parameter of no neighboring cell meets the above-mentioned specific condition until the first timer expires, synchronization is performed to the serving cell, if If the serving cell can be synchronized, the transceiver unit 501 is controlled to continue to communicate with the serving cell. If the serving cell cannot be synchronized, the transceiver unit 501 is controlled to initiate an RRC connection re-
  • the transceiving unit 501 is further configured to receive the offset of the evaluation value of the channel state parameter from the network device.
  • the processing unit 502 determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell satisfies a specific condition, it is specifically configured to: determine that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell is greater than or equal to the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell. The sum of the estimated value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell and the offset.
  • the transceiver unit 501 is further configured to receive a second timer duration from the network device.
  • the processing unit 502 is further configured to: start the second Timer; during the running of the second timer, the next RRC connection re-establishment procedure is prohibited; when the second timer expires, the next RRC connection re-establishment procedure can be performed.
  • the transceiver unit 501 is further configured to receive a preset positive integer M from the network device.
  • the processing unit 502 is further configured to: determine the number of times to execute the first process, the first process is from the terminal device entering a false RLF to the terminal device determining that there is no neighboring cell A process in which the evaluation value of the channel state parameter satisfies a specific condition; when the number of times is equal to the M, the first threshold value is deactivated, or the first threshold value and the second threshold value are deactivated.
  • the transceiving unit 501 is further configured to receive second indication information from the network device, and the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device is allowed to send a message to the network device.
  • Road status information is used to indicate that the terminal device is allowed to send a message to the network device.
  • the channel state parameters include at least one of the following: reference signal received power RSRP, reference signal received quality RSRQ, signal-to-interference plus noise ratio SINR, signal-to-noise ratio SNR, number of successful reception repetitions, number of retransmissions, coverage enhancement level , Transmitting power, downlink block error rate, the link level for reliable reception of the hypothetical PDCCH with a specific block error rate.
  • the processing unit 502 determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter satisfies a preset condition, it is specifically configured to: determine that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than a first threshold;
  • the first threshold value may be pre-configured by the network device to the terminal device, or sent by the network device to the terminal device, or pre-configured in the terminal device.
  • the processing unit 502 determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than the first threshold, it is specifically configured to: determine N of the K channel state parameters The estimated value of the channel state parameter is less than the first threshold value of the corresponding channel state parameter, N is a positive integer less than K, where K is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the transceiver unit 501 is further configured to receive the second threshold value of the channel state parameter from the network device.
  • the processing unit 502 is further configured to determine that the amount of change in the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is greater than or equal to the second threshold value.
  • the reference value of the evaluation value may be the evaluation value of the channel state parameter when the first event occurs, where the first event may be at least one of the following: it is determined that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than the The first threshold value, it is determined that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than the first threshold value for a first period of time, or it is determined that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is greater than the first threshold value for the first time period. duration.
  • the transceiving unit 501 is further configured to receive a preset duration T from the network device.
  • the processing unit 502 determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than the first threshold, it is specifically configured to: determine that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than the first threshold.
  • the threshold value lasts for the preset duration T.
  • the processing unit 502 determines that the variation of the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is greater than or equal to the second threshold value, it is specifically configured to: determine the evaluation value of the channel state parameter The amount of change is greater than or equal to the second threshold for the preset duration T.
  • the communication device 500 when used to implement the function of the network device in the embodiment described in FIG. 3, it may specifically include:
  • the transceiving unit 501 is configured to send first capability indication information to a terminal device, and the first capability indication information is used to indicate that the network device supports receiving channel state information and receives channel state information from the terminal device.
  • the status information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the channel status is getting worse, the RLF is about to enter, and the neighbor cell measurement needs to be performed; the processing unit 502 is used to control the transceiver unit 501 to send and receive data.
  • the transceiving unit 501 is further configured to receive second capability indication information from the terminal device, where the second capability indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports reporting channel state information.
  • the channel state information is received through the MAC CE of the media access control layer control unit of the channel quality report, and the quality report field in the MAC CE of the channel quality report is used to indicate the channel state information;
  • the channel state information is received through the MAC CE of the BSR of the BSR, and the field in the MAC CE of the BSR is used to indicate the channel state information when the MAC CE of the BSR satisfies one of the following items: the buffer data size is a specific value, logical The channel group identifier LCG ID is a specific value, the LCG ID is a specific value, and the buffer data size is a specific value; or, the channel state information is received through the MAC PDU subheader.
  • the buffered data size in the BSR MAC CE is a specific value of 0 to indicate the channel state information; or, the transceiver unit 501 also uses When sending the channel state information report activation instruction to the terminal device, the channel state information report activation instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to report the channel state information; when the transceiver unit 501 sends the channel state information report When the activation instruction is activated, the channel state information is indicated by using the buffer data size in the BSR MAC CE to be a specific value of 0.
  • the transceiving unit 501 is further configured to send a neighboring cell measurement instruction to the terminal device, and the neighboring cell measurement instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to perform neighboring cell measurement.
  • the neighbor cell measurement instruction is also used to instruct the terminal device to perform neighbor cell measurement during the inactive time of discontinuous reception of DRX.
  • the transceiver unit 501 is further configured to send first information to the terminal device, where the first information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the network device supports mobility enhancement, and the network device allows The terminal device performs neighbor cell measurement in the RRC connected state, the network device allows the terminal device to perform co-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state, and the network device allows the terminal device to perform inter-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state.
  • the network device allows the terminal device to perform measurement during the inactive time of discontinuous reception of DRX.
  • the transceiving unit 501 is further configured to receive second information from the terminal device, and the second information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal device supports mobility enhancement, the The terminal device supports neighbor cell measurement in the RRC connected state, the terminal device supports co-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state, the terminal device supports inter-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state, and the terminal device supports inactive DRX Time measurement or DRX preference indication; the DRX preference indication is used to indicate the DRX cycle preferred by the terminal device, and the DRX cycle is used for neighbor cell measurement.
  • the transceiving unit 501 is further configured to send first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to enter the RLF.
  • the RLF is a false RLF
  • the false RLF is a radio link failure that does not meet the signal conditions for a terminal device to enter the RLF; or, the RLF is an advanced RLF, and the advanced RLF is The wireless link of the terminal device fails before reaching the signal condition for entering the RLF.
  • the transceiver unit 501 is further configured to send second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device is allowed to send channel state information to the network device.
  • the channel state parameters include at least one of the following: reference signal received power RSRP, reference signal received quality RSRQ, signal-to-interference plus noise ratio SINR, signal-to-noise ratio SNR, number of successful reception repetitions, number of retransmissions, coverage enhancement level , Transmitting power, downlink block error rate, the link level for reliable reception of the hypothetical PDCCH with a specific block error rate.
  • the transceiver unit 501 is further configured to send the offset of the evaluation value of the channel state parameter to the terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit 501 is further configured to send the second timer duration to the terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit 501 is further configured to send a preset positive integer M to the terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit 501 is further configured to send the second threshold value of the channel state parameter to the terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit 501 is further configured to send a preset duration T to the terminal device.
  • the communication device 500 when used to implement the function of the terminal device in the embodiment described in FIG. 4, it may specifically include:
  • the transceiver unit 501 is configured to receive a first threshold value from a network device, where the first threshold value is used to indicate the threshold of a channel state parameter; the processing unit 502 is configured to determine the evaluation of the channel state parameter of the serving cell The value and the first threshold value meet a preset condition; and it is determined that entering the radio link fails RLF.
  • the processing unit 502 is further configured to perform a radio resource control RRC connection re-establishment procedure.
  • the channel state parameters include at least one of the following: reference signal received power RSRP, reference signal received quality RSRQ, signal to interference plus noise ratio SINR, signal to noise ratio SNR, number of successful reception repetitions, The number of repeated transmissions, the coverage enhancement level, the transmission power, the downlink radio link block error rate, and the link level at which the hypothetical PDCCH can be reliably received with a specific block error rate.
  • the processing unit 502 determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell and the first threshold meet a preset condition, it is specifically configured to: determine the channel state parameter of the serving cell The evaluation value is less than the first threshold value.
  • the processing unit 502 determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameters of the serving cell is less than the first threshold, it is specifically used to: determine K channel state parameters Among the N channel state parameters, the evaluation value is less than the first threshold value of the corresponding channel state parameter, N is a positive integer less than K, where K is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the transceiver unit 501 is further configured to receive the second threshold value of the channel state parameter from the network device.
  • the processing unit 502 is further configured to determine that the variation of the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is greater than or equal to the second threshold; wherein the variation may be the reference value of the evaluation value and the The difference between the current value of the evaluation value, or the amount of change may be the difference between the current value of the evaluation value and the reference value of the evaluation value.
  • the reference value of the evaluation value may be the evaluation value of the channel state parameter when the first event occurs, where the first event may be at least one of the following: it is determined that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than The first threshold value, determining that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than the first threshold value for a first time period, or determining that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is greater than the first threshold value for the first time period For a long time.
  • the transceiving unit 501 is further configured to receive a preset duration T from the network device.
  • the processing unit 502 determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell is less than the first threshold value, it is specifically configured to: determine that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell is less than the first threshold.
  • a threshold value lasts for the preset time period T.
  • the processing unit 502 determines that the variation of the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is greater than or equal to the second threshold value, it is specifically configured to: determine that the variation of the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is greater than or It is equal to the second threshold and lasts for the preset time period T.
  • the transceiving unit 501 is further configured to send channel state information to the network device, where the channel state information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the channel state is getting worse, the RLF is about to enter, and the neighbor cell measurement needs to be performed; And receiving first indication information from the network device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to enter the RLF.
  • the transceiving unit 501 is further configured to receive first capability indication information from a network device, where the first capability indication information is used to indicate that the network device supports receiving channel state information, or is used to Instructs the terminal device to report channel state information, or is used to notify the terminal device that the network device supports determining the channel state of the terminal device according to the channel state information.
  • the transceiver unit 501 is further configured to send second capability indication information to the network device, where the second capability indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports reporting channel state information.
  • the RLF is a false RLF, and the false RLF is a radio link failure that does not meet the signal conditions for a terminal device to enter the RLF; or, the RLF is an advanced RLF, and the advanced RLF is the The wireless link of the terminal device before it reaches the signal condition to enter the RLF fails.
  • the transceiver unit 501 is further configured to send capability information to the network device, where the capability information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal device supports a first threshold value based on channel state parameters (and The second threshold value) performs RRC connection re-establishment, the terminal device supports the first threshold value (and the second threshold value) based on the channel state parameter to enter the RLF, and the terminal device supports mobility enhancement.
  • the transceiving unit 501 is further configured to receive third indication information from the network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: allowing the terminal device to be based on the first gate of the channel state parameter Limit value (and second threshold value) for RRC connection reconstruction, allow the terminal device to enter RLF based on the first threshold value (and second threshold value) of the channel state parameter, and allow the terminal device to perform mobility enhancement .
  • the processing unit 502 is also used to start the first timer before performing the RRC connection re-establishment procedure.
  • the processing unit 502 when the processing unit 502 is performing the RRC connection re-establishment procedure, it is specifically configured to: perform cell measurement and cell reselection during the operation of the first timer; if the channel state of the first neighboring cell is determined The evaluation value of the parameter satisfies a specific condition (for example, the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell is greater than the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell), then the transceiver unit 501 is controlled to report the channel state parameter to the first neighboring cell.
  • a specific condition for example, the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell is greater than the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell
  • the cell initiates the radio resource control RRC connection re-establishment process; if it is determined that the estimated value of the channel state parameter of no neighboring cell meets the above-mentioned specific condition until the first timer expires, synchronization detection is performed to the serving cell; if synchronization is possible
  • the transceiver unit 501 is controlled to continue to communicate with the serving cell, and if the serving cell cannot be synchronized, the transceiver unit 501 is controlled to initiate an RRC connection re-establishment process to the serving cell.
  • the transceiver unit 501 is further configured to receive the offset of the evaluation value of the channel state parameter from the network device.
  • the processing unit 502 determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell satisfies a specific condition, it is specifically configured to: determine that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell is greater than or equal to the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell. The sum of the estimated value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell and the offset.
  • the transceiver unit 501 is further configured to receive a second timer duration from the network device.
  • the processing unit 502 is further configured to: start the second timer when the first timer expires or when it is determined that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of no neighboring cell meets the specific condition; During the operation of the second timer, execution of the next RRC connection re-establishment procedure is prohibited; when the second timer expires, the next RRC connection re-establishment procedure can be executed.
  • the transceiving unit 501 is further configured to receive a preset positive integer M from the network device.
  • the processing unit 502 is further configured to: determine the number of times to execute the first process, the first process is from the terminal device entering a false RLF to the terminal device determining that there is no channel state parameter of a neighboring cell A process in which the evaluation value meets a specific condition; when the number of times is equal to the M, the first threshold value is deactivated, or the first threshold value and the second threshold value are deactivated.
  • the communication device 500 when used to implement the function of the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4, it may specifically include:
  • the processing unit 502 is configured to determine a first threshold value, and the first threshold value is used to indicate a threshold of a channel state parameter; the transceiver unit 501 is configured to send the first threshold value to a terminal device.
  • the channel state parameters include at least one of the following: reference signal received power RSRP, reference signal received quality RSRQ, signal-to-interference plus noise ratio SINR, signal-to-noise ratio SNR, number of successful reception repetitions, number of retransmissions, coverage enhancement level , Transmitting power, downlink block error rate, the link level for reliable reception of the hypothetical PDCCH with a specific block error rate.
  • the transceiver unit 501 is further configured to send the second threshold value of the channel state parameter to the terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit 501 is further configured to send a preset duration T to the terminal device.
  • the transceiving unit 501 is further configured to receive channel state information from the terminal device, where the channel state information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the channel state is getting worse, the RLF is about to enter, and the neighbor cell measurement needs to be performed. And sending first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to enter the RLF.
  • the transceiving unit 501 is further configured to send first capability indication information to a terminal device, where the first capability indication information is used to indicate that the network device supports receiving channel state information, or is used to indicate The terminal device reports the channel state information, or is used to notify the terminal device that the network device supports determining the channel state of the terminal device according to the channel state information.
  • the transceiving unit 501 is further configured to receive second capability indication information from the terminal device, where the second capability indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports reporting channel state information.
  • the RLF is a false RLF, and the false RLF is a radio link failure that does not meet the signal conditions for a terminal device to enter the RLF; or, the RLF is an advanced RLF, and the advanced RLF RLF is the radio link failure of the terminal device before reaching the signal condition for entering the RLF.
  • the transceiving unit 501 is further configured to receive capability information from the terminal device, where the capability information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal device supports the first gate based on channel state parameters The limit value (and the second threshold value) performs RRC connection reestablishment, the terminal device supports the first threshold value (and the second threshold value) based on the channel state parameter to enter the RLF, and the terminal device supports mobility enhancement.
  • the transceiving unit 501 is further configured to send third indication information to the terminal device, where the third indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: allowing the terminal device to be based on channel state parameters The first threshold value (and the second threshold value) of the RRC connection is reestablished, the terminal device is allowed to enter the RLF based on the first threshold value (and the second threshold value) of the channel state parameter, and the terminal device is allowed to enter the RLF.
  • the third indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: allowing the terminal device to be based on channel state parameters The first threshold value (and the second threshold value) of the RRC connection is reestablished, the terminal device is allowed to enter the RLF based on the first threshold value (and the second threshold value) of the channel state parameter, and the terminal device is allowed to enter the RLF.
  • the transceiver unit 501 is further configured to send the offset of the evaluation value of the channel state parameter to the terminal device.
  • the transceiving unit 501 is further configured to send a second timer duration to the terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit 501 is further configured to send a preset positive integer M to the terminal device.
  • the division of units in the embodiments of the present application is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
  • the functional units in the embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional unit.
  • the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or all or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium , Including several instructions to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) or a processor (processor) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disks or optical disks and other media that can store program codes. .
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device.
  • the communication device 600 may include a transceiver 601 and a processor 602.
  • the communication device 600 may further include a memory 603.
  • the memory 603 may be provided inside the communication device 600, and may also be provided outside the communication device 600.
  • the processor 602 can control the transceiver 601 to receive and send data.
  • the processor 602 may be a central processing unit (CPU), a network processor (NP), or a combination of a CPU and an NP.
  • the processor 602 may further include a hardware chip.
  • the above-mentioned hardware chip may be an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a programmable logic device (PLD) or a combination thereof.
  • the above-mentioned PLD may be a complex programmable logic device (CPLD), a field-programmable gate array (FPGA), a generic array logic (GAL), or any combination thereof.
  • the transceiver 601, the processor 602, and the memory 603 are connected to each other.
  • the transceiver 601, the processor 602, and the memory 603 are connected to each other through a bus 604;
  • the bus 604 may be a Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) bus or an extended industry standard Structure (Extended Industry Standard Architecture, EISA) bus, etc.
  • PCI Peripheral Component Interconnect
  • EISA Extended Industry Standard Architecture
  • the bus can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and so on. For ease of representation, only one thick line is used in FIG. 6, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the memory 603 is used to store programs and the like.
  • the program may include program code, and the program code includes computer operation instructions.
  • the memory 603 may include RAM, or may also include non-volatile memory, such as one or more disk memories.
  • the processor 602 executes the application program stored in the memory 603 to realize the above-mentioned functions, thereby realizing the functions of the communication device 600.
  • the communication apparatus 600 may be the terminal device in the foregoing embodiment, and may also be the network device in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the communication device 600 when used to implement the function of the terminal device in the embodiment described in FIG. 3, it may specifically include:
  • the processor 602 is configured to determine the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell, and to determine that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter satisfies a preset condition; the transceiver 601 is configured to send channel state information to a network device, the The channel state information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the channel state is getting worse, the RLF is about to enter, and the neighbor cell measurement needs to be performed.
  • the transceiver 601 is further configured to receive first capability indication information from a network device, where the first capability indication information is used to indicate that the network device supports receiving channel state information, or It is used to instruct the terminal device to report channel state information, or to notify the terminal device that the network device supports determining the channel state of the terminal device according to the channel state information.
  • the transceiver 601 is further configured to send second capability indication information to the network device, and the second capability indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports reporting channel state information.
  • the channel state information is sent through the MAC CE of the channel quality report, and the quality report field in the MAC CE of the channel quality report is used to indicate the channel state information; or, the channel The status information is sent through the MAC CE of the BSR, and the field in the MAC CE of the BSR is used to indicate the channel status information when the following one is satisfied: the buffer data size is a specific value, and the logical channel group identifier LCG ID is a specific value , LCG ID is a specific value and the buffered data size is a specific value; or, the channel state information is sent through the MAC PDU subheader.
  • the buffer data size in the BSR MAC CE is a specific value of 0 to indicate the channel state information; or
  • the transceiver 601 is further configured to receive a channel state information report activation instruction from the network device, and the channel state information report activation instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to report the channel state information; when the transceiver 601 receives When the channel state information reports the activation indication, the channel state information is indicated by using the buffer data size in the BSR MAC CE to be a specific value of 0.
  • the processor 602 is further configured to perform neighbor cell measurement.
  • the transceiver 601 is further configured to receive a neighbor cell measurement instruction from the network device, and the neighbor cell measurement instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to perform neighbor cell measurement.
  • the neighbor cell measurement indication is also used to instruct the terminal device to perform neighbor cell measurement during the inactive time of discontinuous reception of DRX.
  • the transceiver 601 is further configured to receive first information from the network device, and the first information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the network device supports mobility enhancement, The network device allows the terminal device to perform neighbor cell measurements in the RRC connected state, the network device allows the terminal device to perform intra-frequency measurements in the RRC connected state, and the network device allows the terminal device to perform measurements in the RRC connected state. Inter-frequency measurement, the network device allows the terminal device to perform measurement during the inactive time of discontinuous reception of DRX.
  • the transceiver 601 is further configured to send second information to the network device, and the second information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal device supports mobility enhancement, and the terminal device supports RRC Connected state for neighbor cell measurement, the terminal device supports co-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state, the terminal device supports inter-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state, and the terminal device supports measurement or DRX in the inactive time of DRX Preference indication; the DRX preference indication is used to indicate the DRX cycle preferred by the terminal device, and the DRX cycle is used for neighbor cell measurement.
  • the transceiver 601 is further configured to receive first indication information from the network device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to enter the RLF; the processor 602 also uses When it is determined that the RLF has failed to enter the radio link, the radio resource control RRC connection re-establishment procedure is executed.
  • the RLF is a false RLF
  • the false RLF is a radio link failure that does not meet the signal conditions for a terminal device to enter the RLF; or, the RLF is an advanced RLF, and the advanced RLF is The wireless link of the terminal device fails before reaching the signal condition for entering the RLF.
  • the processor 602 is further configured to start the first timer before executing the RRC connection re-establishment procedure.
  • the processor 602 executes the RRC connection re-establishment procedure, it is specifically configured to: perform cell measurement and cell reselection during the operation of the first timer; if the first neighboring cell is determined The estimated value of the channel state parameter meets a specific condition (for example, the estimated value of the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell is greater than the estimated value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell), then the transceiver 601 is controlled to report to the The first neighboring cell initiates the radio resource control RRC connection re-establishment process; if it is determined that the estimated value of the channel state parameter of no neighboring cell meets the above-mentioned specific condition until the first timer expires, synchronization is performed to the serving cell, if If it can synchronize to the serving cell, control the transceiver 601 to continue to communicate with the serving cell. If it cannot synchronize to the serving cell, control the transceiver 601 to initiate an RRC connection re-establishment
  • the transceiver 601 is further configured to receive the offset of the evaluation value of the channel state parameter from the network device.
  • the processor 602 determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell satisfies a specific condition, it is specifically configured to: determine that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell is greater than or equal to all. The sum of the estimated value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell and the offset.
  • the transceiver 601 is further configured to receive the second timer duration from the network device.
  • the processor 602 is further configured to: when the first timer expires or when it is determined that no channel state parameter evaluation value of a neighboring cell meets the specific condition, start the second Timer; during the running of the second timer, the next RRC connection re-establishment procedure is prohibited; when the second timer expires, the next RRC connection re-establishment procedure can be performed.
  • the transceiver 601 is further configured to receive a preset positive integer M from the network device.
  • the processor 602 is further configured to: determine the number of times to execute the first process, the first process is from the terminal device entering a false RLF to the terminal device determining that there is not a neighboring cell The process in which the evaluation value of the channel state parameter satisfies a specific condition; when the number of times is equal to the M, the terminal device deactivates the first threshold value, or deactivates the first threshold value and the second threshold value Threshold value.
  • the transceiver 601 is further configured to receive second indication information from the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device is allowed to send channel state information to the network device.
  • the channel state parameters include at least one of the following: reference signal received power RSRP, reference signal received quality RSRQ, signal-to-interference plus noise ratio SINR, signal-to-noise ratio SNR, number of successful reception repetitions, number of retransmissions, coverage enhancement level , Transmitting power, downlink block error rate, the link level for reliable reception of the hypothetical PDCCH with a specific block error rate.
  • the processor 602 determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter satisfies a preset condition, it is specifically configured to: determine that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than a first threshold;
  • the first threshold value may be pre-configured by the network device to the terminal device, or sent by the network device to the terminal device, or pre-configured in the terminal device.
  • the processor 602 determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than the first threshold, it is specifically configured to: determine N of the K channel state parameters The estimated value of the channel state parameter is less than the first threshold value of the corresponding channel state parameter, N is a positive integer less than K, where K is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the transceiver 601 is further configured to receive the second threshold value of the channel state parameter from the network device.
  • the processor 602 is further configured to determine that the amount of change in the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is greater than or equal to the second threshold value.
  • the reference value of the evaluation value may be the evaluation value of the channel state parameter when the first event occurs, where the first event may be at least one of the following: it is determined that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than the The first threshold value, it is determined that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than the first threshold value for a first period of time, or it is determined that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is greater than the first threshold value for the first time period. duration.
  • the transceiver 601 is further configured to receive a preset duration T from the network device.
  • the processor 602 determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than the first threshold, it is specifically configured to: determine that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than the first threshold.
  • the threshold value lasts for the preset duration T.
  • the processor 602 when the processor 602 determines that the variation of the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is greater than or equal to the second threshold value, it is specifically configured to: determine the evaluation value of the channel state parameter The amount of change is greater than or equal to the second threshold for the preset duration T.
  • the communication device 600 when used to implement the function of the network device in the embodiment described in FIG. 3, it may specifically include:
  • the transceiver 601 is configured to send first capability indication information to a terminal device, and the first capability indication information is used to indicate that the network device supports receiving channel state information and receives channel state information from the terminal device.
  • the status information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the channel status is getting worse, the RLF is about to enter, and the neighbor cell measurement needs to be performed; the processor 602 is used to control the transceiver 601 to send and receive data.
  • the transceiver 601 is further configured to receive second capability indication information from the terminal device, and the second capability indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports reporting channel state information.
  • the channel state information is received through the MAC CE of the media access control layer control unit of the channel quality report, and the quality report field in the MAC CE of the channel quality report is used to indicate the channel state information;
  • the channel state information is received through the MAC CE of the BSR of the BSR, and the field in the MAC CE of the BSR is used to indicate the channel state information when the MAC CE of the BSR satisfies one of the following items: the buffer data size is a specific value, logical The channel group identifier LCG ID is a specific value, the LCG ID is a specific value, and the buffer data size is a specific value; or, the channel state information is received through the MAC PDU subheader.
  • the buffer data size in the BSR MAC CE is a specific value of 0 to indicate the channel state information; or, the transceiver 601 also uses When sending the channel state information report activation instruction to the terminal device, the channel state information report activation instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to report the channel state information; when the transceiver 601 sends the channel state information report When the activation instruction is activated, the channel state information is indicated by using the buffer data size in the BSR MAC CE to be a specific value of 0.
  • the transceiver 601 is further configured to send a neighboring cell measurement instruction to the terminal device, and the neighboring cell measurement instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to perform neighboring cell measurement.
  • the neighbor cell measurement instruction is also used to instruct the terminal device to perform neighbor cell measurement during the inactive time of discontinuous reception of DRX.
  • the transceiver 601 is further configured to send first information to the terminal device, and the first information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the network device supports mobility enhancement, and the network device allows The terminal device performs neighbor cell measurement in the RRC connected state, the network device allows the terminal device to perform co-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state, and the network device allows the terminal device to perform inter-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state.
  • the network device allows the terminal device to perform measurement during the inactive time of discontinuous reception of DRX.
  • the transceiver 601 is further configured to receive second information from the terminal device, and the second information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal device supports mobility enhancement, the The terminal device supports neighbor cell measurement in the RRC connected state, the terminal device supports co-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state, the terminal device supports inter-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state, and the terminal device supports inactive DRX Time measurement or DRX preference indication; the DRX preference indication is used to indicate the DRX cycle preferred by the terminal device, and the DRX cycle is used for neighbor cell measurement.
  • the transceiver 601 is further configured to send first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to enter the RLF.
  • the RLF is a false RLF
  • the false RLF is a radio link failure that does not meet the signal conditions for a terminal device to enter the RLF; or, the RLF is an advanced RLF, and the advanced RLF is The wireless link of the terminal device fails before reaching the signal condition for entering the RLF.
  • the transceiver 601 is further configured to send second indication information to the terminal device, and the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device is allowed to send channel state information to the network device.
  • the channel state parameters include at least one of the following: reference signal received power RSRP, reference signal received quality RSRQ, signal-to-interference plus noise ratio SINR, signal-to-noise ratio SNR, number of successful reception repetitions, number of retransmissions, coverage enhancement level , Transmitting power, downlink block error rate, the link level for reliable reception of the hypothetical PDCCH with a specific block error rate.
  • the transceiver 601 is further configured to send the offset of the evaluation value of the channel state parameter to the terminal device.
  • the transceiver 601 is further configured to send the second timer duration to the terminal device.
  • the transceiver 601 is further configured to send a preset positive integer M to the terminal device.
  • the transceiver 601 is further configured to send the second threshold value of the channel state parameter to the terminal device.
  • the transceiver 601 is further configured to send a preset duration T to the terminal device.
  • the communication device 600 when used to implement the function of the terminal device in the embodiment described in FIG. 4, it may specifically include:
  • the transceiver 601 is configured to receive a first threshold value from a network device, where the first threshold value is used to indicate the threshold of a channel state parameter; the processor 602 is configured to determine the evaluation of the channel state parameter of the serving cell The value and the first threshold value meet a preset condition; and it is determined that entering the radio link fails RLF.
  • the processor 602 is further configured to perform a radio resource control RRC connection re-establishment procedure.
  • the channel state parameters include at least one of the following: reference signal received power RSRP, reference signal received quality RSRQ, signal to interference plus noise ratio SINR, signal to noise ratio SNR, number of successful reception repetitions, The number of repeated transmissions, the coverage enhancement level, the transmission power, the downlink radio link block error rate, and the link level at which the hypothetical PDCCH can be reliably received with a specific block error rate.
  • the processor 602 determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell and the first threshold meet a preset condition
  • the processor 602 is specifically configured to: determine the channel state parameter of the serving cell The evaluation value is less than the first threshold value.
  • the processor 602 determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameters of the serving cell is less than the first threshold, it is specifically configured to: determine K channel state parameters Among the N channel state parameters, the evaluation value is less than the first threshold value of the corresponding channel state parameter, N is a positive integer less than K, where K is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the transceiver 601 is further configured to receive the second threshold value of the channel state parameter from the network device.
  • the processor 602 is further configured to determine that the variation of the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is greater than or equal to the second threshold; wherein the variation may be the reference value of the evaluation value and the total value of the evaluation value.
  • the difference between the current value of the evaluation value, or the amount of change may be the difference between the current value of the evaluation value and the reference value of the evaluation value.
  • the reference value of the evaluation value may be the evaluation value of the channel state parameter when the first event occurs, where the first event may be at least one of the following: it is determined that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than The first threshold value, determining that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than the first threshold value for a first time period, or determining that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is greater than the first threshold value for the first time period For a long time.
  • the transceiver 601 is further configured to receive a preset duration T from the network device.
  • the processor 602 determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell is less than the first threshold value, it is specifically configured to: determine that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell is less than the first threshold value.
  • a threshold value lasts for the preset time period T.
  • the processor 602 determines that the variation of the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is greater than or equal to the second threshold value, it is specifically configured to: determine that the variation of the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is greater than or It is equal to the second threshold and lasts for the preset time period T.
  • the transceiver 601 is further configured to send channel state information to the network device, where the channel state information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the channel state is getting worse, the RLF is about to enter, and the neighbor cell measurement needs to be performed; And receiving first indication information from the network device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to enter the RLF.
  • the transceiver 601 is further configured to receive first capability indication information from a network device, where the first capability indication information is used to indicate that the network device supports receiving channel state information, or is used to Instructs the terminal device to report channel state information, or is used to notify the terminal device that the network device supports determining the channel state of the terminal device according to the channel state information.
  • the transceiver 601 is further configured to send second capability indication information to the network device, and the second capability indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports reporting channel state information.
  • the RLF is a false RLF, and the false RLF is a radio link failure that does not meet the signal conditions for a terminal device to enter the RLF; or, the RLF is an advanced RLF, and the advanced RLF is the The wireless link of the terminal device before it reaches the signal condition to enter the RLF fails.
  • the transceiver 601 is further configured to send capability information to the network device, where the capability information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal device supports a first threshold value based on channel state parameters (and The second threshold value) performs RRC connection re-establishment, the terminal device supports the first threshold value (and the second threshold value) based on the channel state parameter to enter the RLF, and the terminal device supports mobility enhancement.
  • the transceiver 601 is further configured to receive third indication information from the network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: allowing the terminal device to be based on the first gate of the channel state parameter Limit value (and second threshold value) for RRC connection reconstruction, allow the terminal device to enter RLF based on the first threshold value (and second threshold value) of the channel state parameter, and allow the terminal device to perform mobility enhancement .
  • the processor 602 is further configured to start the first timer before executing the RRC connection re-establishment procedure.
  • the processor 602 executes the RRC connection re-establishment procedure, it is specifically configured to: perform cell measurement and cell reselection during the operation of the first timer; if the channel status of the first neighboring cell is determined The evaluation value of the parameter satisfies a specific condition (for example, the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell is greater than the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell), then the transceiver 601 is controlled to report to the first neighboring cell.
  • a specific condition for example, the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell is greater than the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell
  • the cell initiates the radio resource control RRC connection re-establishment process; if it is determined that the estimated value of the channel state parameter of no neighboring cell meets the above-mentioned specific condition until the first timer expires, synchronization detection is performed to the serving cell; if synchronization is possible
  • the transceiver 601 is controlled to continue to communicate with the serving cell, and if the serving cell cannot be synchronized, the transceiver 601 is controlled to initiate an RRC connection re-establishment procedure to the serving cell.
  • the transceiver 601 is further configured to receive the offset of the evaluation value of the channel state parameter from the network device.
  • the processor 602 determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell satisfies a specific condition, it is specifically configured to: determine that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell is greater than or equal to all. The sum of the estimated value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell and the offset.
  • the transceiver 601 is further configured to receive a second timer duration from the network device.
  • the processor 602 is further configured to: start the second timer when the first timer expires or when it is determined that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of no neighboring cell meets the specific condition; During the operation of the second timer, execution of the next RRC connection re-establishment procedure is prohibited; when the second timer expires, the next RRC connection re-establishment procedure can be executed.
  • the transceiver 601 is further configured to receive a preset positive integer M from the network device.
  • the processor 602 is further configured to: determine the number of times to execute the first process, the first process is from the terminal device entering a false RLF to the terminal device determining that there is no channel state parameter of a neighboring cell A process in which the evaluation value meets a specific condition; when the number of times is equal to the M, the first threshold value is deactivated, or the first threshold value and the second threshold value are deactivated.
  • the communication device 600 when used to implement the function of the network device in the embodiment described in FIG. 4, it may specifically include:
  • the processor 602 is configured to determine a first threshold value, and the first threshold value is used to indicate a threshold of a channel state parameter; the transceiver 601 is configured to send the first threshold value to a terminal device.
  • the channel state parameters include at least one of the following: reference signal received power RSRP, reference signal received quality RSRQ, signal-to-interference plus noise ratio SINR, signal-to-noise ratio SNR, number of successful reception repetitions, number of retransmissions, coverage enhancement level , Transmitting power, downlink block error rate, the link level for reliable reception of the hypothetical PDCCH with a specific block error rate.
  • the transceiver 601 is further configured to send the second threshold value of the channel state parameter to the terminal device.
  • the transceiver 601 is further configured to send a preset duration T to the terminal device.
  • the transceiver 601 is further configured to receive channel state information from the terminal device, and the channel state information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the channel state is getting worse, the RLF is about to enter, and the neighbor cell measurement needs to be performed. And sending first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to enter the RLF.
  • the transceiver 601 is further configured to send first capability indication information to the terminal device, where the first capability indication information is used to indicate that the network device supports receiving channel state information, or is used to indicate The terminal device reports the channel state information, or is used to notify the terminal device that the network device supports determining the channel state of the terminal device according to the channel state information.
  • the transceiver 601 is further configured to receive second capability indication information from the terminal device, and the second capability indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports reporting channel state information.
  • the RLF is a false RLF, and the false RLF is a radio link failure that does not meet the signal conditions for a terminal device to enter the RLF; or, the RLF is an advanced RLF, and the advanced RLF RLF is the radio link failure of the terminal device before reaching the signal condition for entering the RLF.
  • the transceiver 601 is further configured to receive capability information from the terminal device, where the capability information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal device supports the first gate based on channel state parameters The limit value (and the second threshold value) performs RRC connection reestablishment, the terminal device supports the first threshold value (and the second threshold value) based on the channel state parameter to enter the RLF, and the terminal device supports mobility enhancement.
  • the transceiver 601 is further configured to send third indication information to the terminal device, where the third indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: allow the terminal device to be based on channel state parameters The first threshold value (and the second threshold value) of the RRC connection is reestablished, the terminal device is allowed to enter the RLF based on the first threshold value (and the second threshold value) of the channel state parameter, and the terminal device is allowed to enter the RLF. Improved execution mobility.
  • the transceiver 601 is further configured to send the offset of the evaluation value of the channel state parameter to the terminal device.
  • the transceiver 601 is further configured to send a second timer duration to the terminal device.
  • the transceiver 601 is further configured to send a preset positive integer M to the terminal device.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a communication system, and the communication system may include the terminal devices and network devices involved in the above embodiments.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium, which is used to store a computer program.
  • the computer program When the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement any type of communication provided by the foregoing method embodiments. method.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, the computer program product is used to store a computer program, and when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement any of the communication methods provided in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a chip, including a processor and a communication interface, the processor is coupled to the memory, and is used to call a program in the memory to enable the chip to implement any of the communication methods provided in the foregoing method embodiments .
  • this application can be provided as methods, systems, or computer program products. Therefore, this application may adopt the form of a complete hardware embodiment, a complete software embodiment, or an embodiment combining software and hardware. Moreover, this application may adopt the form of a computer program product implemented on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) containing computer-usable program codes.
  • computer-usable storage media including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.
  • These computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer-readable memory that can guide a computer or other programmable data processing equipment to work in a specific manner, so that the instructions stored in the computer-readable memory produce an article of manufacture including the instruction device.
  • the device implements the functions specified in one process or multiple processes in the flowchart and/or one block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.
  • These computer program instructions can also be loaded on a computer or other programmable data processing equipment, so that a series of operation steps are executed on the computer or other programmable equipment to produce computer-implemented processing, so as to execute on the computer or other programmable equipment.
  • the instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one process or multiple processes in the flowchart and/or one block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.

Abstract

A communication method and apparatus, for enabling a terminal device to perform connection re-establishment in a timely manner. Said method is as follows: a terminal device first determining an estimation value of a channel state parameter of a serving cell; and upon detecting that the estimation value of the channel state parameter satisfies a preset condition, sending channel state information to a network device, the channel state information being used for indicating at least one of the following: a channel state becoming poor, being about to enter an RLF, and requiring neighboring cell measurement. In this way, a terminal device reports channel state information to a network device, so that the network device learns that the terminal device pre-performs neighboring cell measurement, avoiding resource waste caused by the network device blindly scheduling the terminal device, and moreover, if the terminal device pre-performs neighboring cell measurement, the terminal device can acquire channel state information about a candidate cell to be re-established, so as to facilitate quick re-establishment during an RLF; or the terminal device is enabled to pre-enter an RLF when the channel state of the serving cell becomes poor, thereby finding a better cell in a timely manner to perform RRC re-establishment.

Description

一种通信方法及装置Communication method and device 技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法及装置。This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a communication method and device.
背景技术Background technique
伴随长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)和第五代(5th generation,5G)通信技术的发展,窄带物联网(narrowband internet of things,NB-IoT)、增强机器类型通信(enhanced machine type communication,eMTC)技术也得到了长足的发展。NB-IoT和eMTC的终端设备具有低复杂度、低成本、低功耗、低带宽的特点,适用于广泛的物联网场景。例如,智能水表、智能电表、智能家居、智慧城市等。目前,5G中新无线轻量接入技术(new radio-Light,NR-Light)和降低能力(reduced capability,REDCAP)的接入技术赢得广泛讨论和关注,其为适应5G的发展而产生,需要具备NB-IoT、eMTC终端设备的特点。With the development of long-term evolution (LTE) and the fifth generation (5G) communication technology, narrowband internet of things (NB-IoT) and enhanced machine type communication (eMTC) ) Technology has also been developed by leaps and bounds. NB-IoT and eMTC terminal devices have the characteristics of low complexity, low cost, low power consumption, and low bandwidth, and are suitable for a wide range of IoT scenarios. For example, smart water meters, smart electricity meters, smart homes, smart cities, etc. At present, the new radio-Light (NR-Light) and reduced capability (REDCAP) access technologies in 5G have won extensive discussion and attention. They are produced to adapt to the development of 5G and need It has the characteristics of NB-IoT and eMTC terminal equipment.
为满足低复杂度、低成本等需求,这类终端设备不支持常规终端设备的小区切换功能。例如,如图1所示,常规终端设备在从小区1移动到小区2过程中,一般会在位置A发生切换过程,这时小区2的信号一般比小区1的信号好3dB。而对于低复杂度、低成本的这类终端设备,由于其不支持切换,会在小区1的边缘B位置因为信号变差而发生无线链路失败(radio link failure,RLF),然后通过无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)连接重建过程重建到小区2。这样,会导致这类终端设备不能及时重建到小区2,而当这类终端设备重建到小区2时,小区2的信号比小区1的信号好很多,即这类终端设备在小区1边缘与小区1进行通信需要消耗更多的功率和无线资源。In order to meet the requirements of low complexity and low cost, this type of terminal equipment does not support the cell handover function of conventional terminal equipment. For example, as shown in Figure 1, when a conventional terminal device moves from cell 1 to cell 2, a handover process generally occurs at location A. At this time, the signal of cell 2 is generally 3 dB better than the signal of cell 1. For such low-complexity and low-cost terminal devices, because they do not support handover, radio link failure (RLF) will occur at the edge B of cell 1 due to signal degradation, and then use radio resources. The control (radio resource control, RRC) connection re-establishment process is re-established to cell 2. In this way, this type of terminal equipment will not be able to rebuild to cell 2 in time, and when such terminal equipment is rebuilt to cell 2, the signal of cell 2 is much better than that of cell 1, that is, this type of terminal equipment is at the edge of cell 1 and cell 1 Communication requires more power and wireless resources.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供一种通信方法及装置,用以实现终端设备及时进行连接重建。This application provides a communication method and device for realizing timely connection re-establishment of terminal equipment.
第一方面,本申请提供了一种通信方法,所述方法适用于终端设备,该方法可以包括:先确定服务小区的信道状态参数的评估值,在确定所述信道状态参数的评估值满足预设条件后,向网络设备发送信道状态信息,所述信道状态信息用于指示以下至少一项:信道状态变差、即将进入无线链路失败(radio link failure,RLF)、需要进行邻区测量。In the first aspect, the present application provides a communication method, the method is suitable for terminal equipment, the method may include: first determining the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell, and after determining that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter meets the expected value After the conditions are set, channel state information is sent to the network device, and the channel state information is used to indicate at least one of the following: channel state deterioration, about to enter a radio link failure (radio link failure, RLF), and neighbour cell measurement is required.
通过上述方法,通过终端设备向网络设备上报信道状态信息,可以使得网络设备获知终端设备需要提前进行邻区测量,避免网络设备盲目调度终端设备造成的资源浪费,同时,若终端设备提前进行邻区测量时,终端设备可以获取候选重建小区的信道状态信息,以便于在RLF时快速进行重建,或者,以便于终端设备在服务小区的信道状态变差时提前进入RLF,进而及时发现更好的小区进行无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)重建。Through the above method, the terminal device reports the channel state information to the network device, so that the network device can learn that the terminal device needs to perform the neighbor cell measurement in advance, and avoid the waste of resources caused by the network device blindly scheduling the terminal device. During measurement, the terminal device can obtain the channel state information of the candidate reestablished cell to facilitate rapid reconstruction during RLF, or so that the terminal device can enter the RLF in advance when the channel state of the serving cell deteriorates, and then find a better cell in time Perform radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) reconstruction.
在一个可能的设计中,接收来自网络设备的第一能力指示信息,所述第一能力指示信息用于指示所述网络设备支持接收信道状态信息,或者用于指示终端设备上报信道状态信息,或者用于通知终端设备:所述网络设备支持根据信道状态信息来确定终端设备的信道状态。这样网络设备和终端设备交互各自的能力信息,进而终端设备确定可以通过上报信道状态信息来实现及时连接重建,从而提高了终端设备的通信质量。In a possible design, receiving first capability indication information from a network device, where the first capability indication information is used to indicate that the network device supports receiving channel state information, or is used to instruct a terminal device to report channel state information, or Used to notify the terminal device that the network device supports determining the channel state of the terminal device according to the channel state information. In this way, the network device and the terminal device exchange their respective capability information, and the terminal device determines that it can realize timely connection reconstruction by reporting the channel state information, thereby improving the communication quality of the terminal device.
在一个可能的设计中,向所述网络设备发送第二能力指示信息,所述第二能力指示信 息用于指示所述终端设备支持上报信道状态信息。这样网络设备和终端设备交互各自的能力信息,进而终端设备确定可以通过上报信道状态信息来实现及时连接重建,从而提高了终端设备的通信质量。In a possible design, second capability indication information is sent to the network device, where the second capability indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports reporting channel state information. In this way, the network device and the terminal device exchange their respective capability information, and the terminal device determines that it can realize timely connection reconstruction by reporting the channel state information, thereby improving the communication quality of the terminal device.
在一个可能的设计中,所述信道状态信息是通过信道质量报告的媒体接入控制层控制单元(media access control control element,MAC CE)发送的,所述信道质量报告的MACCE中的质量报告字段用于指示所述信道状态信息;或者,所述信道状态信息是通过缓存状态报告(buffer status report,BSR)的MAC CE发送的,所述BSR的MAC CE中的字段满足以下一项时用于指示所述信道状态信息:缓存数据尺寸为特定值、逻辑信道组标识(logical channel group identity,LCG ID)为特定值、LCG ID为特定值且缓存数据尺寸为特定值;或者,所述信道状态信息是通过MAC分组数据单元(packet data unit,PDU)子头发送的。这样可以灵活实现发送所述信道状态信息。In a possible design, the channel state information is sent through the media access control control element (MAC CE) of the channel quality report, and the quality report field in the MAC CE of the channel quality report It is used to indicate the channel state information; or, the channel state information is sent by the MAC CE of the buffer status report (buffer status report, BSR), and the field in the MAC CE of the BSR is used when the following one is satisfied Indicate the channel state information: the buffer data size is a specific value, the logical channel group identity (LCG ID) is a specific value, the LCG ID is a specific value, and the buffer data size is a specific value; or, the channel state The information is sent through the sub-header of the MAC packet data unit (packet data unit, PDU). In this way, the channel state information can be sent flexibly.
在一个可能的设计中,当所述终端设备未配置释放辅助信息激活指示时,通过所述BSR MAC CE中的缓存数据尺寸为特定值0来指示所述信道状态信息;或者,接收来自所述网络设备的信道状态信息上报激活指示,所述信道状态信息上报激活指示用于指示所述终端设备上报所述信道状态信息;当所述终端设备接收到所述信道状态信息上报激活指示时,通过所述BSR MAC CE中的缓存数据尺寸为特定值0来指示所述信道状态信息。In a possible design, when the terminal device is not configured to release the auxiliary information activation indication, the buffer data size in the BSR MAC CE is a specific value of 0 to indicate the channel state information; or, the channel state information is received from the The channel state information reporting activation instruction of the network device is used to instruct the terminal device to report the channel state information; when the terminal device receives the channel state information reporting activation instruction, it passes The buffer data size in the BSR MAC CE is a specific value of 0 to indicate the channel state information.
在一个可能的设计中,进行邻区测量。这样可以使所述终端设备获取候选重建小区的信道状态信息,以便于在RLF时快速进行重建。In one possible design, a neighborhood measurement is performed. In this way, the terminal device can obtain the channel state information of the candidate re-establishment cell, so as to quickly perform the re-establishment in the RLF.
在一个可能的设计中,接收来自所述网络设备的邻区测量指示,所述邻区测量指示用于指示所述终端设备进行邻区测量。这样可以通过由网络设备指示所述终端设备进行邻区测量,使所述终端设备获取候选重建小区的信道状态信息,以便于在RLF时快速进行重建。In a possible design, a neighbor cell measurement instruction is received from the network device, where the neighbor cell measurement instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to perform neighbor cell measurement. In this way, the network device can instruct the terminal device to perform the neighbor cell measurement, so that the terminal device can obtain the channel state information of the candidate reconstruction cell, so as to quickly perform the reconstruction in the RLF.
在一个可能的设计中,所述邻区测量指示还用于指示所述终端设备在非连续接收(discontinuous reception,DRX)的非激活时间内进行邻区测量。这样可以规范进行邻区测量的时间。In a possible design, the neighbor cell measurement indication is also used to instruct the terminal device to perform neighbor cell measurement during the inactive time of discontinuous reception (DRX). This can regulate the time for neighboring cell measurements.
在一个可能的设计中,接收来自所述网络设备的第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示以下至少一项:所述网络设备支持移动性增强、所述网络设备允许所述终端设备在RRC连接态进行邻区测量、所述网络设备允许所述终端设备在RRC连接态进行同频测量、所述网络设备允许所述终端设备在RRC连接态进行异频测量、所述网络设备允许所述终端设备在非连续接收DRX的非激活时间进行测量。这样所述终端设备可以明确所述网络设备的支持的能力,使得所述终端设备执行符合所述网络设备能力的操作。In a possible design, first information from the network device is received, and the first information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the network device supports mobility enhancement, and the network device allows the terminal device to The RRC connected state performs adjacent cell measurement, the network device allows the terminal device to perform co-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state, the network device allows the terminal device to perform inter-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state, and the network device allows all The terminal device performs measurement during the inactive time of discontinuous reception of DRX. In this way, the terminal device can clarify the supported capabilities of the network device, so that the terminal device can perform operations that comply with the capabilities of the network device.
在一个可能的设计中,向所述网络设备发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示以下至少一项:所述终端设备支持移动性增强、所述终端设备支持在RRC连接态进行邻区测量、所述终端设备支持在RRC连接态进行同频测量、所述终端设备支持在RRC连接态进行异频测量、所述终端设备支持在DRX的非激活时间进行测量或DRX偏好指示;所述DRX偏好指示用于指示所述终端设备偏好的DRX周期,且所述DRX周期用于邻区测量。这样可以使所述网络设备明确所述终端设备的能力,以指示所述终端设备进行符合能力的操作。In a possible design, second information is sent to the network device, where the second information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal device supports mobility enhancement, and the terminal device supports neighboring in the RRC connected state. Zone measurement, the terminal device supports intra-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state, the terminal device supports inter-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state, and the terminal device supports measurement in the inactive time of DRX or DRX preference indication; The DRX preference indication is used to indicate the DRX cycle preferred by the terminal device, and the DRX cycle is used for neighbor cell measurement. In this way, the network device can clarify the capabilities of the terminal device to instruct the terminal device to perform operations that comply with the capabilities.
在一个可能的设计中,接收来自所述网络设备的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备进入RLF;确定进入无线链路失败RLF,执行无线资源控制RRC连接重建流程。这样可以通过网络设备指示使得终端设备进入RLF,可以避免网络设备在终端设备自主进入RLF时的盲目调度,避免资源浪费。In a possible design, receive first indication information from the network device, the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to enter RLF; determine that the radio link fails to enter RLF, and perform radio resource control RRC connection reestablishment Process. In this way, the terminal device can be instructed by the network device to enter the RLF, which can avoid the blind scheduling of the network device when the terminal device autonomously enters the RLF, and avoid waste of resources.
在一个可能的设计中,所述RLF为虚假的RLF,所述虚假的RLF为不满足终端设备进入RLF的信号条件的无线链路失败;或者,所述RLF为提前的RLF,所述提前的RLF为所述终端设备在达到进入RLF的信号条件之前的无线链路失败。这样可以使终端设备提前进入RLF以及时进行邻区测量。In a possible design, the RLF is a false RLF, and the false RLF is a radio link failure that does not meet the signal conditions for a terminal device to enter the RLF; or, the RLF is an advanced RLF, and the advanced RLF RLF is the radio link failure of the terminal device before reaching the signal condition for entering the RLF. In this way, the terminal device can enter the RLF in advance to perform the neighbor cell measurement in time.
在一个可能的设计中,所述终端设备在执行RRC连接重建流程之前,所述终端设备启动第一定时器。In a possible design, before the terminal device executes the RRC connection re-establishment procedure, the terminal device starts the first timer.
在一个可能的设计中,所述终端设备执行RRC连接重建流程,具体方法可以为:在所述第一定时器运行期间,所述终端设备进行小区测量和所述小区重选;若所述终端设备确定第一邻小区的信道状态参数的评估值满足特定条件(例如,所述第一邻小区的信道状态参数的评估值大于所述服务小区的信道状态参数的评估值),则向所述第一邻小区发起无线资源控制RRC连接重建流程;若直至所述第一定时器超时,所述终端设备确定没有一个邻小区的信道状态参数的评估值满足上述特定条件,则所述终端设备向所述服务小区进行同步检测;若所述终端设备能够同步上所述服务小区,则所述终端设备与所述服务小区继续进行通信,若所述终端设备不能同步上所述服务小区,则所述终端设备向所述服务小区发起RRC连接重建流程。这样可以保证所述终端设备的通信。In a possible design, the terminal device executes the RRC connection re-establishment procedure. The specific method may be: during the operation of the first timer, the terminal device performs cell measurement and cell reselection; if the terminal The device determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell satisfies a specific condition (for example, the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell is greater than the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell), and then The first neighboring cell initiates a radio resource control RRC connection re-establishment process; if the terminal device determines that no channel state parameter evaluation value of a neighboring cell satisfies the above-mentioned specific condition until the first timer expires, the terminal device The serving cell performs synchronization detection; if the terminal device can synchronize to the serving cell, the terminal device continues to communicate with the serving cell, and if the terminal device cannot synchronize to the serving cell, then The terminal device initiates an RRC connection re-establishment procedure to the serving cell. In this way, the communication of the terminal device can be guaranteed.
在一个可能的设计中,所述终端设备从所述网络设备接收所述信道状态参数的评估值的偏移量或所述终端设备预配置所述偏移量。In a possible design, the terminal device receives the offset of the estimated value of the channel state parameter from the network device or the terminal device pre-configures the offset.
在一个可能的设计中,所述终端设备确定所述第一邻小区的信道状态参数的评估值满足特定条件,具体方法可以为:所述终端设备确定所述第一邻小区的信道状态参数的评估值大于或等于所述服务小区的信道状态参数的评估值与所述偏移量的和。这样可以准确确定第一邻小区的信道状态参数的评估值满足特定条件。In a possible design, the terminal device determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell satisfies a specific condition. The specific method may be: the terminal device determines the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell. The evaluation value is greater than or equal to the sum of the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell and the offset. In this way, it can be accurately determined that the estimated value of the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell satisfies a specific condition.
在一个可能的设计中,所述终端设备从所述网络设备接收第二定时器时长或所述终端设备预配置所述第二定时器时长。In a possible design, the terminal device receives the second timer duration from the network device or the terminal device preconfigures the second timer duration.
在一个可能的设计中,当所述第一定时器超时或当所述终端设备确定没有一个邻小区的信道状态参数的评估值满足所述特定条件时,所述终端设备启动所述第二定时器;在所述第二定时器运行期间,所述终端设备禁止执行下一次RRC连接重建流程;当所述第二定时器超时时,所述终端设备可以执行下一次RRC连接重建流程。In a possible design, when the first timer expires or when the terminal device determines that no channel state parameter evaluation value of a neighboring cell meets the specific condition, the terminal device starts the second timing器; During the operation of the second timer, the terminal device is prohibited from performing the next RRC connection re-establishment process; when the second timer expires, the terminal device can perform the next RRC connection re-establishment process.
在一个可能的设计中,所述终端设备从所述网络设备接收预设正整数M或所述终端设备预配置所述M。In a possible design, the terminal device receives a preset positive integer M from the network device or the terminal device pre-configures the M.
在一个可能的设计中,所述终端设备确定执行第一流程的次数,所述第一流程为从所述终端设备进入虚假的RLF到所述终端设备确定没有一个邻小区的信道状态参数的评估值满足特定条件的流程;当所述次数等于所述M时,所述终端设备去激活第一门限值,或者,所述终端设备去激活所述第一门限值和所述第二门限值。这样可以控制所述终端设备执行RRC重建流程的次数,以避免终端设备未从所述服务小区重建到其他小区时的资源浪费。In a possible design, the terminal device determines the number of times to execute the first procedure, and the first procedure is the evaluation of the channel state parameters from the terminal device entering a false RLF to the terminal device determining that there is no neighboring cell. Value meets a specific condition; when the number of times is equal to the M, the terminal device deactivates the first threshold value, or the terminal device deactivates the first threshold value and the second threshold Limit. In this way, it is possible to control the number of times that the terminal device performs the RRC re-establishment procedure, so as to avoid resource waste when the terminal device is not re-established from the serving cell to other cells.
在一个可能的设计中,接收来自所述网络设备的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示允许所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送所述信道状态信息。这样可以使所述终端设备后续在满足条件时向所述网络设备发送所述信道状态信息。In a possible design, receiving second indication information from the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device is allowed to send the channel state information to the network device. In this way, the terminal device can subsequently send the channel state information to the network device when the condition is met.
在一个可能的设计中,所述信道状态参数包括以下至少一个:参考信号接收功率(reference signal received power,RSRP)、参考信号接收质量(reference signal received  quality,RSRQ)、信号与干扰加噪声比(signal to interference plus noise ratio,SINR)、信噪比(signal noise ratio,SNR)、成功接收重复次数、重复发送次数、覆盖增强等级、发射功率、下行无线链路误块率、以特定误块率可靠接收假设的物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH)的链路水平。In a possible design, the channel state parameters include at least one of the following: reference signal received power (RSRP), reference signal received quality (RSRQ), signal to interference plus noise ratio (RSRP) signal to interference plus noise ratio (SINR), signal-to-noise ratio (signal noise ratio, SNR), number of repetitions of successful reception, number of repetitions, coverage enhancement level, transmit power, downlink block error rate, and specific block error rate Reliably receive the hypothetical physical downlink control channel (physical downlink control channel, PDCCH) link level.
在一个可能的设计中,确定所述信道状态参数的评估值满足预设条件,具体方法可以为:确定所述信道状态参数的评估值小于第一门限值,其中,所述第一门限值可以是所述网络设备预先配置给所述终端设备的,或者是所述网络设备发送给所述终端设备的,或者是预配置于所述终端设备的。In a possible design, it is determined that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter satisfies a preset condition. The specific method may be: determining that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than a first threshold value, wherein the first threshold The value may be pre-configured by the network device to the terminal device, or sent by the network device to the terminal device, or pre-configured in the terminal device.
在一个可能的设计中,当信道状态参数为K个时,所述终端设备确定所述信道状态参数的评估值小于所述第一门限值,可以为:所述终端设备确定K个信道状态参数中的N个信道状态参数的评估值小于对应信道状态参数的第一门限值,N为小于K的正整数,其中K为大于或等于2的整数。这样可以灵活确定所述服务小区的信道状态参数的评估值满足预设条件。In a possible design, when there are K channel state parameters, the terminal device determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than the first threshold value, which may be: the terminal device determines K channel states The evaluation values of the N channel state parameters in the parameters are less than the first threshold value of the corresponding channel state parameters, and N is a positive integer less than K, where K is an integer greater than or equal to 2. In this way, it can be flexibly determined that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell satisfies the preset condition.
在一个可能的设计中,接收来自所述网络设备的信道状态参数的第二门限值,或者,所述终端设备预配置有所述第二门限值。In a possible design, the second threshold value of the channel state parameter from the network device is received, or the terminal device is pre-configured with the second threshold value.
在一个可能的设计中,确定所述信道状态参数的评估值满足预设条件,具体可以为:确定所述信道状态参数的评估值小于所述第一门限值,且确定所述信道状态参数的评估值的变化量大于或等于所述第二门限值。其中所述变化量可以为所述评估值的参考值与所述评估值的当前值的差值,或者,所述变化量可以为所述评估值的当前值与所述评估值的参考值的差值。这样可以限制只有移动的终端设备才使用基于信道状态量进入RLF的方法,避免静止的终端设备使用该方法,增加其功耗。In a possible design, determining that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter satisfies a preset condition may specifically be: determining that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than the first threshold value, and determining the channel state parameter The amount of change in the evaluation value of is greater than or equal to the second threshold value. The amount of change may be the difference between the reference value of the evaluation value and the current value of the evaluation value, or the amount of change may be the difference between the current value of the evaluation value and the reference value of the evaluation value. Difference. In this way, it is possible to restrict only mobile terminal devices from using the method of entering RLF based on the channel state quantity, avoiding stationary terminal devices from using this method, and increasing their power consumption.
在一个可能的设计中,所述评估值的参考值可以为第一事件发生时的信道状态参数的评估值,其中,所述第一事件可以为以下至少一项:确定所述信道状态参数的评估值小于所述第一门限值、确定所述信道状态参数的评估值小于所述第一门限值持续第一时长、或者确定所述信道状态参数的评估值大于所述第一门限值持续第一时长。In a possible design, the reference value of the evaluation value may be the evaluation value of the channel state parameter when the first event occurs, where the first event may be at least one of the following: The evaluation value is less than the first threshold value, it is determined that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than the first threshold value for a first period of time, or it is determined that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is greater than the first threshold The value lasts for the first length of time.
在一个可能的设计中,所述终端设备从所述网络设备接收预设时长T或所述终端设备预配置有所述预设时长T。In a possible design, the terminal device receives a preset duration T from the network device or the terminal device is pre-configured with the preset duration T.
在一个可能的设计中,所述终端设备确定所述信道状态参数的评估值小于所述第一门限值,具体方法可以为:所述终端设备确定所述信道状态参数的评估值小于所述第一门限值持续所述预设时长T。这样可以使确定的结果更准确。In a possible design, the terminal device determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than the first threshold. The specific method may be: the terminal device determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than the The first threshold value lasts for the preset duration T. This can make the determined result more accurate.
在一个可能的设计中,所述终端设备确定信道状态参数的评估值的变化量大于或等于所述第二门限值,具体方法可以为:所述终端设备确定所述信道状态参数的评估值的变化量大于或等于所述第二门限值持续所述预设时长T。这样可以使确定的结果更准确。In a possible design, the terminal device determines that the change in the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is greater than or equal to the second threshold. The specific method may be: the terminal device determines the evaluation value of the channel state parameter The amount of change is greater than or equal to the second threshold for the preset duration T. This can make the determined result more accurate.
第二方面,本申请提供了一种通信方法,所述方法适用于网络设备,该方法可以包括:向终端设备发送第一能力指示信息,所述第一能力指示信息用于指示所述网络设备支持接收信道状态信息;接收来自所述终端设备的信道状态信息,所述信道状态信息用于指示以下至少一项:信道状态变差、即将进入RLF、需要进行邻区测量。In the second aspect, the present application provides a communication method, the method is suitable for network equipment, and the method may include: sending first capability indication information to a terminal device, where the first capability indication information is used to indicate the network equipment Support receiving channel state information; receiving channel state information from the terminal device, where the channel state information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the channel state is getting worse, the RLF is about to enter, and the neighbor cell measurement needs to be performed.
通过上述方法,通过终端设备向网络设备上报信道状态信息,可以使得网络设备获知终端设备提前进行邻区测量,避免网络设备盲目调度终端设备造成的资源浪费,同时,若终端设备提前进行邻区测量时,终端设备可以获取候选重建小区的信道状态信息,以便于 在RLF时快速进行重建,或者,以便于终端设备在服务小区的信道状态变差时提前进入RLF,进而及时发现更好的小区进行无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)重建。Through the above method, the terminal device reports the channel state information to the network device, so that the network device can learn that the terminal device performs the neighbor cell measurement in advance, avoiding the waste of resources caused by the network device blindly scheduling the terminal device, and at the same time, if the terminal device performs the neighbor cell measurement in advance At this time, the terminal device can obtain the channel state information of the candidate re-establishment cell to facilitate rapid re-establishment during RLF, or so that the terminal device can enter the RLF in advance when the channel state of the serving cell deteriorates, and then find a better cell to perform in time. Radio resource control (RRC) reconstruction.
在一个可能的设计中,接收来自所述终端设备的第二能力指示信息,所述第二能力指示信息用于指示所述终端设备支持上报信道状态信息。这样网络设备和终端设备交互各自的能力信息,进而终端设备确定可以通过上报信道状态信息来实现及时连接重建,从而提高了终端设备的通信质量。In a possible design, receiving second capability indication information from the terminal device, where the second capability indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports reporting channel state information. In this way, the network device and the terminal device exchange their respective capability information, and the terminal device determines that it can realize timely connection reconstruction by reporting the channel state information, thereby improving the communication quality of the terminal device.
在一个可能的设计中,所述信道状态信息是通过信道质量报告的媒体接入控制层控制单元MAC CE接收的,所述信道质量报告的MAC CE中的质量报告字段用于指示所述信道状态信息;或者,所述信道状态信息是通过缓存状态报告BSR的MAC CE接收的,所述BSR的MAC CE中的字段满足以下一项时用于指示所述信道状态信息:缓存数据尺寸为特定值、逻辑信道组标识LCG ID为特定值、LCG ID为特定值且缓存数据尺寸为特定值;或者,所述信道状态信息是通过MAC PDU子头接收的。这样可以灵活实现接收所述信道状态信息。In a possible design, the channel state information is received through the MAC CE of the media access control layer control unit of the channel quality report, and the quality report field in the MAC CE of the channel quality report is used to indicate the channel status Information; or, the channel state information is received through the MAC CE of the BSR of the BSR, and the field in the MAC CE of the BSR is used to indicate the channel state information when the following one is satisfied: the buffer data size is a specific value , The logical channel group identifier LCG ID is a specific value, the LCG ID is a specific value, and the buffer data size is a specific value; or, the channel state information is received through the MAC PDU subheader. In this way, the channel state information can be received flexibly.
在一个可能的设计中,当所述终端设备未配置释放辅助信息激活指示时,通过所述BSR MAC CE中的缓存数据尺寸为特定值0来指示所述信道状态信息;或者,向所述终端设备发送信道状态信息上报激活指示,所述信道状态信息上报激活指示用于指示所述终端设备上报所述信道状态信息;当所述网络设备发送了所述信道状态信息上报激活指示时,通过所述BSR MAC CE中的缓存数据尺寸为特定值0来指示所述信道状态信息。In a possible design, when the terminal device is not configured to release the auxiliary information activation indication, the buffer data size in the BSR MAC CE is a specific value of 0 to indicate the channel state information; or, to the terminal The device sends a channel state information report activation instruction, and the channel state information report activation instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to report the channel state information; when the network device sends the channel state information report activation instruction, pass all The buffer data size in the BSR MAC CE is a specific value of 0 to indicate the channel state information.
在一个可能的设计中,向所述终端设备发送邻区测量指示,所述邻区测量指示用于指示所述终端设备进行邻区测量。这样可以通过由网络设备指示所述终端设备进行邻区测量,使所述终端设备获取候选重建小区的信道状态信息,以便于在RLF时快速进行重建。In a possible design, a neighboring cell measurement instruction is sent to the terminal device, and the neighboring cell measurement instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to perform neighboring cell measurement. In this way, the network device can instruct the terminal device to perform the neighbor cell measurement, so that the terminal device can obtain the channel state information of the candidate reconstruction cell, so as to quickly perform the reconstruction in the RLF.
在一个可能的设计中,所述邻区测量指示还用于指示所述终端设备在非连续接收DRX的非激活时间内进行邻区测量。这样可以规范进行邻区测量的时间。In a possible design, the neighbor cell measurement indication is also used to instruct the terminal device to perform neighbor cell measurement during the inactive time of discontinuous reception of DRX. This can regulate the time for neighboring cell measurements.
在一个可能的设计中,向所述终端设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示以下至少一项:所述网络设备支持移动性增强、所述网络设备允许所述终端设备在RRC连接态进行邻区测量、所述网络设备允许所述终端设备在RRC连接态进行同频测量、所述网络设备允许所述终端设备在RRC连接态进行异频测量、所述网络设备允许所述终端设备在非连续接收DRX的非激活时间进行测量。这样所述终端设备可以明确所述网络设备的支持的能力,使得所述终端设备执行符合所述网络设备能力的操作。In a possible design, first information is sent to the terminal device, where the first information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the network device supports mobility enhancement, and the network device allows the terminal device to be in RRC Connected state to perform neighbor cell measurement, the network device allows the terminal device to perform co-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state, the network device allows the terminal device to perform inter-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state, and the network device allows the The terminal device performs measurement during the inactive time of discontinuous reception of DRX. In this way, the terminal device can clarify the supported capabilities of the network device, so that the terminal device can perform operations that comply with the capabilities of the network device.
在一个可能的设计中,接收来自所述终端设备的第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示以下至少一项:所述终端设备支持移动性增强、所述终端设备支持在RRC连接态进行邻区测量、所述终端设备支持在RRC连接态进行同频测量、所述终端设备支持在RRC连接态进行异频测量、所述终端设备支持在DRX的非激活时间进行测量或DRX偏好指示;所述DRX偏好指示用于指示所述终端设备偏好的DRX周期,且所述DRX周期用于邻区测量。这样可以使所述网络设备明确所述终端设备的能力,以使指示所述终端设备符合能力的操作。In a possible design, second information from the terminal device is received, and the second information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal device supports mobility enhancement, and the terminal device supports performing in the RRC connected state Neighbor cell measurement, the terminal device supports intra-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state, the terminal device supports inter-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state, and the terminal device supports measurement during the inactive time of DRX or DRX preference indication; The DRX preference indication is used to indicate the DRX cycle preferred by the terminal device, and the DRX cycle is used for neighbor cell measurement. In this way, the network device can clarify the capabilities of the terminal device, so that the terminal device can be instructed to operate in compliance with the capabilities.
在一个可能的设计中,向所述终端设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备进入RLF。这样可以通过网络设备指示终端设备进入RLF,可以避免网络设备在终端设备自主进入RLF时的盲目调度,避免资源浪费。In a possible design, first indication information is sent to the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to enter the RLF. In this way, the terminal device can be instructed to enter the RLF through the network device, and blind scheduling of the network device when the terminal device enters the RLF autonomously can be avoided, and resource waste can be avoided.
在一个可能的设计中,所述RLF为虚假的RLF,所述虚假的RLF为不满足终端设备 进入RLF的信号条件的无线链路失败;或者,所述RLF为提前的RLF,所述提前的RLF为所述终端设备在达到进入RLF的信号条件之前的无线链路失败。这样可以使终端设备提前进入RLF以及时进行小区重建。In a possible design, the RLF is a false RLF, and the false RLF is a radio link failure that does not meet the signal conditions for a terminal device to enter the RLF; or, the RLF is an advanced RLF, and the advanced RLF RLF is the radio link failure of the terminal device before reaching the signal condition for entering the RLF. In this way, the terminal equipment can enter the RLF in advance to rebuild the cell in time.
在一个可能的设计中,向所述终端设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示允许所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送信道状态信息。这样可以使所述终端设备后续在满足条件时向所述网络设备发送所述信道状态信息。In a possible design, second indication information is sent to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device is allowed to send channel state information to the network device. In this way, the terminal device can subsequently send the channel state information to the network device when the condition is met.
在一个可能的设计中,所述信道状态参数包括以下至少一个:参考信号接收功率RSRP、参考信号接收质量RSRQ、信号与干扰加噪声比SINR、信噪比SNR、成功接收重复次数、重复发送次数、覆盖增强等级、发射功率、下行无线链路误块率、以特定误块率可靠接收假设的PDCCH的链路水平。In a possible design, the channel state parameters include at least one of the following: reference signal received power RSRP, reference signal received quality RSRQ, signal to interference plus noise ratio SINR, signal to noise ratio SNR, number of successful reception repetitions, number of retransmissions , Coverage enhancement level, transmit power, downlink radio link block error rate, and reliable reception of the hypothetical PDCCH link level with a specific block error rate.
在一个可能的设计中,向所述终端设备发送所述信道状态参数的评估值的偏移量。In a possible design, the offset of the estimated value of the channel state parameter is sent to the terminal device.
在一个可能的设计中,向所述终端设备发送第二定时器时长。In a possible design, the second timer duration is sent to the terminal device.
在一个可能的设计中,向所述终端设备发送预设正整数M。In a possible design, a preset positive integer M is sent to the terminal device.
在一个可能的设计中,向所述终端设备发送信道状态参数的第二门限值。这样可以限制只有移动的终端设备才使用基于信道状态量进入RLF的方法,避免静止的终端设备使用该方法,增加其功耗。In a possible design, the second threshold value of the channel state parameter is sent to the terminal device. In this way, it is possible to restrict only mobile terminal devices from using the method of entering RLF based on the channel state quantity, avoiding stationary terminal devices from using this method, and increasing their power consumption.
在一个可能的设计中,向所述终端设备发送预设时长T。In a possible design, the preset duration T is sent to the terminal device.
第三方面,本申请提供了一种通信方法,所述方法适用于终端设备,该方法可以包括:接收来自网络设备的第一门限值,所述第一门限值用于指示信道状态参数的门限;确定服务小区的信道状态参数的评估值与所述第一门限值满足预设条件后,确定进入无线链路失败RLF。In a third aspect, the present application provides a communication method, the method is suitable for terminal equipment, and the method may include: receiving a first threshold value from a network device, where the first threshold value is used to indicate a channel state parameter After determining that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell and the first threshold value meet the preset condition, it is determined that entering the radio link failed RLF.
这样,通过配置信道状参数态的门限值和终端设备监测服务小区的信道状态参数,终端设备可以在服务小区的信道状态参数值变差时提前进入RLF,进而发现更好的小区进行RRC连接重建。In this way, by configuring the threshold value of the channel state parameter state and the terminal device monitoring the channel state parameter of the serving cell, the terminal device can enter the RLF in advance when the channel state parameter value of the serving cell deteriorates, and then find a better cell for RRC connection reconstruction.
在一个可能的设计中,所述终端设备在确定进入RLF后,执行RRC连接重建流程。In a possible design, the terminal device executes the RRC connection re-establishment procedure after determining to enter the RLF.
在一个可能的设计中,所述信道状态参数包括以下至少一个:参考信号接收功率RSRP、参考信号接收质量RSRQ、信号与干扰加噪声比SINR、信噪比SNR、成功接收重复次数、重复发送次数、覆盖增强等级、发射功率、下行无线链路误块率、以特定误块率可靠接收假设的PDCCH的链路水平。In a possible design, the channel state parameters include at least one of the following: reference signal received power RSRP, reference signal received quality RSRQ, signal to interference plus noise ratio SINR, signal to noise ratio SNR, number of successful reception repetitions, number of retransmissions , Coverage enhancement level, transmit power, downlink radio link block error rate, and reliable reception of the hypothetical PDCCH link level with a specific block error rate.
在一个可能的设计中,确定所述服务小区的信道状态参数的评估值与所述第一门限值满足预设条件,具体可以为:确定所述服务小区的信道状态参数的评估值小于所述第一门限值。In a possible design, determining that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell and the first threshold meet a preset condition may specifically be: determining that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell is less than all The first threshold value.
在一个可能的设计中,当信道状态参数为K个时,所述终端设备确定所述服务小区的信道状态参数的评估值小于所述第一门限值,具体可以为:所述终端设备确定K个信道状态参数中N个信道状态参数的评估值小于对应信道状态参数的第一门限值,N为小于K的正整数,其中K为大于或等于2的整数。In a possible design, when there are K channel state parameters, the terminal device determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell is less than the first threshold value, which may specifically be: the terminal device determines Among the K channel state parameters, the estimated value of the N channel state parameters is less than the first threshold value of the corresponding channel state parameter, and N is a positive integer less than K, where K is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
在一个可能的设计中,接收来自所述网络设备的信道状态参数的第二门限值,或者,所述终端设备预配置有所述第二门限值。In a possible design, the second threshold value of the channel state parameter from the network device is received, or the terminal device is pre-configured with the second threshold value.
在一个可能的设计中,确定所述信道状态参数的评估值的变化量大于或等于所述第二门限值;其中所述变化量可以为所述评估值的参考值与所述评估值的当前值的差值,或者, 所述变化量可以为所述评估值的当前值与所述评估值的参考值的差值。这样可以限制只有移动的终端设备才使用基于信道状态量进入RLF的方法,避免静止的终端设备使用该方法,增加其功耗。In a possible design, it is determined that the variation of the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is greater than or equal to the second threshold; wherein the variation may be the difference between the reference value of the evaluation value and the evaluation value The difference between the current value, or the amount of change may be the difference between the current value of the evaluation value and the reference value of the evaluation value. In this way, it is possible to restrict only mobile terminal devices from using the method of entering RLF based on the channel state quantity, avoiding stationary terminal devices from using this method, and increasing their power consumption.
在一个可能的设计中,所述评估值的参考值可以为第一事件发生时的信道状态参数的评估值,其中,所述第一事件可以为以下至少一项:确定所述信道状态参数的评估值小于所述第一门限值、确定所述信道状态参数的评估值小于所述第一门限值持续第一时长、或者确定所述信道状态参数的评估值大于所述第一门限值持续第一时长。In a possible design, the reference value of the evaluation value may be the evaluation value of the channel state parameter when the first event occurs, where the first event may be at least one of the following: The evaluation value is less than the first threshold value, it is determined that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than the first threshold value for a first period of time, or it is determined that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is greater than the first threshold The value lasts for the first length of time.
在一个可能的设计中,所述终端设备从所述网络设备接收预设时长T或所述终端设备预配置有所述预设时长T。In a possible design, the terminal device receives a preset duration T from the network device or the terminal device is pre-configured with the preset duration T.
在一个可能的设计中,所述终端设备确定所述服务小区的信道状态参数的评估值小于所述第一门限值,具体方法可以为:所述终端设备确定所述服务小区的信道状态参数的评估值小于所述第一门限值持续所述预设时长T。这样可以使确定的结果更准确。In a possible design, the terminal device determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell is less than the first threshold. The specific method may be: the terminal device determines the channel state parameter of the serving cell The evaluation value of is less than the first threshold value for the preset duration T. This can make the determined result more accurate.
在一个可能的设计中,所述终端设备确定信道状态参数的评估值的变化量大于或等于所述第二门限值,具体可以为:所述终端设备确定信道状态参数的评估值的变化量大于或等于所述第二门限值持续所述预设时长T。这样可以使确定的结果更准确。In a possible design, the terminal device determines that the amount of change in the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is greater than or equal to the second threshold value, which may specifically be: the terminal device determines the amount of change in the evaluation value of the channel state parameter It is greater than or equal to the second threshold value and lasts for the preset time period T. This can make the determined result more accurate.
在一个可能的设计中,向所述网络设备发送信道状态信息,所述信道状态信息用于指示以下至少一项:信道状态变差、即将进入RLF、需要进行邻区测量;接收来自所述网络设备的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备进入RLF。这样可以通过网络设备指示终端设备进入RLF,可以避免网络设备在终端设备自主进入RLF时的盲目调度,避免资源浪费。In a possible design, channel state information is sent to the network device, and the channel state information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the channel state is getting worse, the RLF is about to enter, and the neighbor cell measurement needs to be performed; The first indication information of the device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to enter the RLF. In this way, the terminal device can be instructed to enter the RLF through the network device, and blind scheduling of the network device when the terminal device enters the RLF autonomously can be avoided, and resource waste can be avoided.
在一个可能的设计中,接收来自网络设备的第一能力指示信息,所述第一能力指示信息用于指示所述网络设备支持接收信道状态信息,或者用于指示终端设备上报信道状态信息,或者用于通知终端设备:所述网络设备支持根据信道状态信息来确定终端设备的信道状态。这样网络设备和终端设备交互各自的能力信息,进而终端设备确定可以通过上报信道状态信息来实现及时连接重建,从而提高了终端设备的通信质量。In a possible design, receiving first capability indication information from a network device, where the first capability indication information is used to indicate that the network device supports receiving channel state information, or is used to instruct a terminal device to report channel state information, or Used to notify the terminal device that the network device supports determining the channel state of the terminal device according to the channel state information. In this way, the network device and the terminal device exchange their respective capability information, and the terminal device determines that it can realize timely connection reconstruction by reporting the channel state information, thereby improving the communication quality of the terminal device.
在一个可能的设计中,向所述网络设备发送第二能力指示信息,所述第二能力指示信息用于指示所述终端设备支持上报信道状态信息。这样网络设备和终端设备交互各自的能力信息,进而终端设备确定可以通过上报信道状态信息来实现及时连接重建,从而提高了终端设备的通信质量。In a possible design, second capability indication information is sent to the network device, where the second capability indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports reporting channel state information. In this way, the network device and the terminal device exchange their respective capability information, and the terminal device determines that it can realize timely connection reconstruction by reporting the channel state information, thereby improving the communication quality of the terminal device.
在一个可能的设计中,所述RLF为虚假的RLF,所述虚假的RLF为不满足终端设备进入RLF的信号条件的无线链路失败;或者,所述RLF为提前的RLF,所述提前的RLF为所述终端设备在达到进入RLF的信号条件之前的无线链路失败。这样可以使终端设备提前进入RLF以及时进行小区重建。In a possible design, the RLF is a false RLF, and the false RLF is a radio link failure that does not meet the signal conditions for a terminal device to enter the RLF; or, the RLF is an advanced RLF, and the advanced RLF RLF is the radio link failure of the terminal device before reaching the signal condition for entering the RLF. In this way, the terminal equipment can enter the RLF in advance to rebuild the cell in time.
在一个可能的设计中,向所述网络设备发送能力信息,所述能力信息用于指示以下至少一项:所述终端设备支持基于信道状态参数的第一门限值(和第二门限值)进行RRC连接重建、所述终端设备支持基于信道状态参数的第一门限值(和第二门限值)进入RLF、所述终端设备支持移动性增强。这样可以使所述网络设备明确所述终端设备的能力,从而指示符合所述终端设备能力的操作。In a possible design, capability information is sent to the network device, where the capability information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal device supports a first threshold value (and a second threshold value) based on channel state parameters ) Perform RRC connection re-establishment, the terminal device supports the first threshold value (and the second threshold value) based on the channel state parameter to enter the RLF, and the terminal device supports mobility enhancement. In this way, the network device can clarify the capabilities of the terminal device, thereby instructing operations that comply with the capabilities of the terminal device.
在一个可能的设计中,接收来自所述网络设备的第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:允许所述终端设备基于信道状态参数的第一门限值(和第二门限值) 进行RRC连接重建、允许所述终端设备基于信道状态参数的第一门限值(和第二门限值)进入RLF、允许所述终端设备执行移动性增强。这样可以使所述终端设备实现基于信道状态参数的门限值进行RRC连接重建。In a possible design, third indication information is received from the network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: allow the terminal device to be based on the first threshold value of the channel state parameter (and The second threshold value) performs RRC connection reconstruction, allows the terminal device to enter the RLF based on the first threshold value (and the second threshold value) of the channel state parameter, and allows the terminal device to perform mobility enhancement. In this way, the terminal device can realize the RRC connection re-establishment based on the threshold value of the channel state parameter.
在一个可能的设计中,所述终端设备在执行RRC连接重建流程之前,启动第一定时器。In a possible design, the terminal device starts the first timer before performing the RRC connection re-establishment procedure.
在一个可能的设计中,所述终端设备执行RRC连接重建流程,具体方法可以为:在所述第一定时器运行期间,所述终端设备进行小区测量和所述小区重选;若所述终端设备确定第一邻小区的信道状态参数的评估值满足特定条件(例如,所述第一邻小区的信道状态参数的评估值大于所述服务小区的信道状态参数的评估值),则向所述第一邻小区发起无线资源控制RRC连接重建流程;若直至所述第一定时器超时,所述终端设备确定没有一个邻小区的信道状态参数的评估值满足上述特定条件,则所述终端设备向所述服务小区进行同步检测;若所述终端设备能够同步上所述服务小区,则所述终端设备与所述服务小区继续进行通信,若所述终端设备不能同步上所述服务小区,则所述终端设备向所述服务小区发起RRC连接重建流程。这样可以保证所述终端设备的通信。In a possible design, the terminal device executes the RRC connection re-establishment procedure. The specific method may be: during the operation of the first timer, the terminal device performs cell measurement and cell reselection; if the terminal The device determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell satisfies a specific condition (for example, the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell is greater than the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell), and then The first neighboring cell initiates a radio resource control RRC connection re-establishment process; if the terminal device determines that no channel state parameter evaluation value of a neighboring cell satisfies the above-mentioned specific condition until the first timer expires, the terminal device The serving cell performs synchronization detection; if the terminal device can synchronize to the serving cell, the terminal device continues to communicate with the serving cell, and if the terminal device cannot synchronize to the serving cell, then The terminal device initiates an RRC connection re-establishment procedure to the serving cell. In this way, the communication of the terminal device can be guaranteed.
在一个可能的设计中,所述终端设备从所述网络设备接收所述信道状态参数的评估值的偏移量或所述终端设备预配置所述偏移量。In a possible design, the terminal device receives the offset of the estimated value of the channel state parameter from the network device or the terminal device pre-configures the offset.
在一个可能的设计中,所述终端设备确定所述第一邻小区的信道状态参数的评估值满足特定条件,具体方法可以为:所述终端设备确定所述第一邻小区的信道状态参数的评估值大于或等于所述服务小区的信道状态参数的评估值与所述偏移量的和。这样可以准确确定第一邻小区的信道状态参数的评估值满足特定条件。In a possible design, the terminal device determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell satisfies a specific condition. The specific method may be: the terminal device determines the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell. The evaluation value is greater than or equal to the sum of the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell and the offset. In this way, it can be accurately determined that the estimated value of the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell satisfies a specific condition.
在一个可能的设计中,所述终端设备从所述网络设备接收第二定时器时长或所述终端设备预配置所述第二定时器时长。In a possible design, the terminal device receives the second timer duration from the network device or the terminal device preconfigures the second timer duration.
在一个可能的设计中,当所述第一定时器超时或当所述终端设备确定没有一个邻小区的信道状态参数的评估值满足所述特定条件时,所述终端设备启动所述第二定时器;在所述第二定时器运行期间,所述终端设备禁止执行下一次RRC连接重建流程;当所述第二定时器超时时,所述终端设备可以执行下一次RRC连接重建流程。In a possible design, when the first timer expires or when the terminal device determines that no channel state parameter evaluation value of a neighboring cell meets the specific condition, the terminal device starts the second timing器; During the operation of the second timer, the terminal device is prohibited from performing the next RRC connection re-establishment process; when the second timer expires, the terminal device can perform the next RRC connection re-establishment process.
在一个可能的设计中,所述终端设备从所述网络设备接收预设正整数M或所述终端设备于配置所述M。In a possible design, the terminal device receives a preset positive integer M from the network device or the terminal device configures the M.
在一个可能的设计中,所述终端设备确定执行第一流程的次数,所述第一流程为从所述终端设备进入虚假的RLF到所述终端设备确定没有一个邻小区的信道状态参数的评估值满足特定条件的流程;当所述次数等于所述M时,所述终端设备去激活第一门限值,或者,所述终端设备去激活所述第一门限值和所述第二门限值。这样可以控制所述终端设备执行RRC重建流程的次数,以避免终端设备未从所述服务小区重建到其他小区时的资源浪费。In a possible design, the terminal device determines the number of times to execute the first procedure, and the first procedure is the evaluation of the channel state parameters from the terminal device entering a false RLF to the terminal device determining that there is no neighboring cell. Value meets a specific condition; when the number of times is equal to the M, the terminal device deactivates the first threshold value, or the terminal device deactivates the first threshold value and the second threshold Limit. In this way, it is possible to control the number of times that the terminal device performs the RRC re-establishment procedure, so as to avoid resource waste when the terminal device is not re-established from the serving cell to other cells.
第四方面,本申请提供了一种通信方法,所述方法适用于网络设备,该方法可以包括:确定第一门限值,所述第一门限值用于指示信道状态参数的门限;向终端设备发送所述第一门限值。这样,通过配置信道状参数态的门限值和终端设备监测服务小区的信道状态参数,终端设备可以在服务小区的信道状态参数值变差时提前进入RLF,进而发现更好的小区进行RRC连接重建。In a fourth aspect, the present application provides a communication method, the method is suitable for network equipment, and the method may include: determining a first threshold value, where the first threshold value is used to indicate a threshold of a channel state parameter; The terminal device sends the first threshold value. In this way, by configuring the threshold value of the channel state parameter state and the terminal device monitoring the channel state parameter of the serving cell, the terminal device can enter the RLF in advance when the channel state parameter value of the serving cell deteriorates, and then find a better cell for RRC connection reconstruction.
在一个可能的设计中,所述信道状态参数包括以下至少一个:参考信号接收功率RSRP、 参考信号接收质量RSRQ、信号与干扰加噪声比SINR、信噪比SNR、成功接收重复次数、重复发送次数、覆盖增强等级、发射功率、下行无线链路误块率、以特定误块率可靠接收假设的PDCCH的链路水平。In a possible design, the channel state parameters include at least one of the following: reference signal received power RSRP, reference signal received quality RSRQ, signal to interference plus noise ratio SINR, signal to noise ratio SNR, number of successful reception repetitions, number of retransmissions , Coverage enhancement level, transmit power, downlink radio link block error rate, and reliable reception of the hypothetical PDCCH link level with a specific block error rate.
在一个可能的设计中,向所述终端设备发送信道状态参数的第二门限值。这样可以限制只有移动的终端设备才使用基于信道状态量进入RLF的方法,避免静止的终端设备使用该方法,增加其功耗。In a possible design, the second threshold value of the channel state parameter is sent to the terminal device. In this way, it is possible to restrict only mobile terminal devices from using the method of entering RLF based on the channel state quantity, avoiding stationary terminal devices from using this method, and increasing their power consumption.
在一个可能的设计中,向所述终端设备发送预设时长T。In a possible design, the preset duration T is sent to the terminal device.
在一个可能的设计中,接收来自所述终端设备的信道状态信息,所述信道状态信息用于指示以下至少一项:信道状态变差、即将进入RLF、需要进行邻区测量;向所述终端设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备进入RLF。这样可以通过网络设备指示终端设备进入RLF,可以避免网络设备在终端设备自主进入RLF时的盲目调度,避免资源浪费。In a possible design, receiving channel state information from the terminal device, where the channel state information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the channel state is getting worse, the RLF is about to enter, and the neighbor cell measurement needs to be performed; The device sends first indication information, where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to enter the RLF. In this way, the terminal device can be instructed to enter the RLF through the network device, and blind scheduling of the network device when the terminal device enters the RLF autonomously can be avoided, and resource waste can be avoided.
在一个可能的设计中,向终端设备发送第一能力指示信息,所述第一能力指示信息用于指示所述网络设备支持接收信道状态信息,或者用于指示终端设备上报信道状态信息,或者用于通知终端设备:所述网络设备支持根据信道状态信息来确定终端设备的信道状态。这样网络设备和终端设备交互各自的能力信息,进而终端设备确定可以通过上报信道状态信息来实现及时连接重建,从而提高了终端设备的通信质量。In a possible design, first capability indication information is sent to the terminal device, where the first capability indication information is used to indicate that the network device supports receiving channel state information, or is used to instruct the terminal device to report channel state information, or To notify the terminal device: the network device supports determining the channel state of the terminal device according to the channel state information. In this way, the network device and the terminal device exchange their respective capability information, and the terminal device determines that it can realize timely connection reconstruction by reporting the channel state information, thereby improving the communication quality of the terminal device.
在一个可能的设计中,接收来自所述终端设备的第二能力指示信息,所述第二能力指示信息用于指示所述终端设备支持上报信道状态信息。这样网络设备和终端设备交互各自的能力信息,进而终端设备确定可以通过上报信道状态信息来实现及时连接重建,从而提高了终端设备的通信质量。In a possible design, receiving second capability indication information from the terminal device, where the second capability indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports reporting channel state information. In this way, the network device and the terminal device exchange their respective capability information, and the terminal device determines that it can realize timely connection reconstruction by reporting the channel state information, thereby improving the communication quality of the terminal device.
在一个可能的设计中,所述RLF为虚假的RLF,所述虚假的RLF为不满足终端设备进入RLF的信号条件的无线链路失败;或者,所述RLF为提前的RLF,所述提前的RLF为所述终端设备在达到进入RLF的信号条件之前的无线链路失败。这样可以使终端设备提前进入RLF以及时进行小区重建。In a possible design, the RLF is a false RLF, and the false RLF is a radio link failure that does not meet the signal conditions for a terminal device to enter the RLF; or, the RLF is an advanced RLF, and the advanced RLF RLF is the radio link failure of the terminal device before reaching the signal condition for entering the RLF. In this way, the terminal equipment can enter the RLF in advance to rebuild the cell in time.
在一个可能的设计中,接收来自所述终端设备的能力信息,所述能力信息用于指示以下至少一项:所述终端设备支持基于信道状态参数的第一门限值(和第二门限值)进行RRC连接重建、所述终端设备支持基于信道状态参数的第一门限值(和第二门限值)进入RLF、所述终端设备支持移动性增强。这样可以使所述网络设备明确所述终端设备的能力,从而指示符合所述终端设备能力的操作。In a possible design, receiving capability information from the terminal device, where the capability information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal device supports a first threshold value (and a second threshold value) based on channel state parameters Value) to perform RRC connection re-establishment, the terminal device supports the first threshold value (and the second threshold value) based on the channel state parameter to enter the RLF, and the terminal device supports mobility enhancement. In this way, the network device can clarify the capabilities of the terminal device, thereby instructing operations that comply with the capabilities of the terminal device.
在一个可能的设计中,向所述终端设备发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:允许所述终端设备基于信道状态参数的第一门限值(和第二门限值)进行RRC连接重建、允许所述终端设备基于信道状态参数的第一门限值(和第二门限值)进入RLF、允许所述终端设备执行移动性增强。这样可以使所述终端设备实现基于信道状态参数的门限值进行RRC连接重建。In a possible design, third indication information is sent to the terminal device, where the third indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: allowing the terminal device to be based on the first threshold value (and the first threshold value) of the channel state parameter Two thresholds) perform RRC connection reconstruction, allow the terminal device to enter the RLF based on the first threshold (and the second threshold) of the channel state parameter, and allow the terminal device to perform mobility enhancement. In this way, the terminal device can realize the RRC connection re-establishment based on the threshold value of the channel state parameter.
在一个可能的设计中,向所述终端设备发送所述信道状态参数的评估值的偏移量或所述终端设备预配置所述偏移量。In a possible design, the offset of the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is sent to the terminal device or the offset is preconfigured by the terminal device.
在一个可能的设计中,向所述终端设备发送第二定时器时长。In a possible design, the second timer duration is sent to the terminal device.
在一个可能的设计中,向所述终端设备发送预设正整数M。In a possible design, a preset positive integer M is sent to the terminal device.
第五方面,本申请还提供了一种通信装置,所述通信装置可以是终端设备,该通信装 置用于实现上述第一方面或第一方面的各个可能的设计示例中终端设备的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。In a fifth aspect, the present application also provides a communication device. The communication device may be a terminal device. The communication device is used to implement the function of the terminal device in the first aspect or each possible design example of the first aspect. The function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
在一个可能的设计中,所述通信装置的结构中包括收发单元和处理单元,这些单元可以执行上述第一方面或第一方面的各个可能的设计示例中终端设备的相应功能,具体参见方法示例中的详细描述,此处不做赘述。In a possible design, the structure of the communication device includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit. These units can perform the corresponding functions of the terminal device in the first aspect or each possible design example of the first aspect. For details, refer to the method example The detailed description in, I won’t repeat it here.
在一个可能的设计中,所述通信装置的结构中包括收发器和处理器,可选的还包括存储器,所述收发器用于收发数据,以及用于与通信系统中的其他设备进行通信交互,所述处理器被配置为支持所述通信装置执行上述第一方面或第一方面的各个可能的设计示例中终端设备的相应的功能。所述存储器与所述处理器耦合,其保存所述通信装置必要的程序指令和数据。In a possible design, the structure of the communication device includes a transceiver, a processor, and optionally a memory. The transceiver is used for sending and receiving data and for communicating and interacting with other devices in the communication system. The processor is configured to support the communication device to perform the above-mentioned first aspect or the corresponding function of the terminal device in each possible design example of the first aspect. The memory is coupled with the processor, and it stores program instructions and data necessary for the communication device.
第六方面,本申请还提供了一种通信装置,所述通信装置可以是网络设备,该通信装置用于实现上述第二方面或第二方面的各个可能的设计示例中网络设备的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。In a sixth aspect, the present application also provides a communication device. The communication device may be a network device, and the communication device is configured to implement the function of the network device in the second aspect or each possible design example of the second aspect. The function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
在一个可能的设计中,所述通信装置的结构中包括收发单元和处理单元,这些单元可以执行上述第二方面或第二方面的各个可能的设计示例中网络设备的相应功能,具体参见方法示例中的详细描述,此处不做赘述。In a possible design, the structure of the communication device includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit. These units can perform the corresponding functions of the network device in the second aspect or each possible design example of the second aspect. For details, refer to the method example The detailed description in, I won’t repeat it here.
在一个可能的设计中,所述通信装置的结构中包括收发器和处理器,可选的还包括存储器,所述收发器用于收发数据,以及用于与通信系统中的其他设备进行通信交互,所述处理器被配置为支持所述通信装置执行上述第二方面或第二方面的各个可能的设计示例中网络设备的相应的功能。所述存储器与所述处理器耦合,其保存所述通信装置必要的程序指令和数据。In a possible design, the structure of the communication device includes a transceiver, a processor, and optionally a memory. The transceiver is used for sending and receiving data and for communicating and interacting with other devices in the communication system. The processor is configured to support the communication device to perform the corresponding function of the network device in the foregoing second aspect or each possible design example of the second aspect. The memory is coupled with the processor, and it stores program instructions and data necessary for the communication device.
第七方面,本申请还提供了一种通信装置,所述通信装置可以是终端设备,该通信装置用于实现上述第三方面或第三方面的各个可能的设计示例中终端设备的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。In a seventh aspect, the present application also provides a communication device, where the communication device may be a terminal device, and the communication device is configured to implement the function of the terminal device in the foregoing third aspect or each possible design example of the third aspect. The function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
在一个可能的设计中,所述通信装置的结构中包括收发单元和处理单元,这些单元可以执行上述第三方面或第三方面的各个可能的设计示例中终端设备的相应功能,具体参见方法示例中的详细描述,此处不做赘述。In a possible design, the structure of the communication device includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit. These units can perform the corresponding functions of the terminal device in the third aspect or each possible design example of the third aspect. For details, refer to the method example The detailed description in, I won’t repeat it here.
在一个可能的设计中,所述通信装置的结构中包括收发器和处理器,可选的还包括存储器,所述收发器用于收发数据,以及用于与通信系统中的其他设备进行通信交互,所述处理器被配置为支持所述通信装置执行上述第三方面或第三方面的各个可能的设计示例中终端设备的相应的功能。所述存储器与所述处理器耦合,其保存所述通信装置必要的程序指令和数据。In a possible design, the structure of the communication device includes a transceiver, a processor, and optionally a memory. The transceiver is used for sending and receiving data and for communicating and interacting with other devices in the communication system. The processor is configured to support the communication device to perform the corresponding function of the terminal device in the foregoing third aspect or each possible design example of the third aspect. The memory is coupled with the processor, and it stores program instructions and data necessary for the communication device.
第八方面,本申请还提供了一种通信装置,所述通信装置可以是网络设备,该通信装置用于实现上述第四方面或第四方面的各个可能的设计示例中网络设备的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。In an eighth aspect, the present application also provides a communication device, where the communication device may be a network device, and the communication device is configured to implement the function of the network device in the foregoing fourth aspect or each possible design example of the fourth aspect. The function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
在一个可能的设计中,所述通信装置的结构中包括收发单元和处理单元,这些单元可 以执行上述第四方面或第四方面的各个可能的设计示例中网络设备的相应功能,具体参见方法示例中的详细描述,此处不做赘述。In a possible design, the structure of the communication device includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit. These units can perform the corresponding functions of the network equipment in the fourth aspect or each possible design example of the fourth aspect. For details, refer to the method example The detailed description in, I won’t repeat it here.
在一个可能的设计中,所述通信装置的结构中包括收发器和处理器,可选的还包括存储器,所述收发器用于收发数据,以及用于与通信系统中的其他设备进行通信交互,所述处理器被配置为支持所述通信装置执行上述第四方面或第四方面的各个可能的设计示例中网络设备的相应的功能。所述存储器与所述处理器耦合,其保存所述通信装置必要的程序指令和数据。In a possible design, the structure of the communication device includes a transceiver, a processor, and optionally a memory. The transceiver is used for sending and receiving data and for communicating and interacting with other devices in the communication system. The processor is configured to support the communication device to perform the corresponding function of the network device in the foregoing fourth aspect or each possible design example of the fourth aspect. The memory is coupled with the processor, and it stores program instructions and data necessary for the communication device.
第九方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信系统,可以包括上述提及的终端设备和网络设备。In a ninth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, which may include the aforementioned terminal device and network device.
第十方面,本申请实施例提供的一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质存储有程序指令,当程序指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述各方面任一可能的设计。示例性的,计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质。以此为例但不限于:计算机可读介质可以包括非瞬态计算机可读介质、随机存取存储器(random-access memory,RAM)、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)、CD-ROM或其他光盘存储、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质。In a tenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores program instructions, and when the program instructions run on a computer, the computer executes any possible design in the above-mentioned aspects. Exemplarily, the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer. Take this as an example but not limited to: computer-readable media may include non-transitory computer-readable media, random-access memory (RAM), read-only memory (ROM), and electrically erasable In addition to programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM), CD-ROM or other optical disk storage, magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store desired program codes in the form of instructions or data structures and can Any other medium accessed by the computer.
第十一方面,本申请实施例提供一种包括计算机程序代码或指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机实现上述任一方面所述的方法。In an eleventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product including computer program code or instructions, which, when run on a computer, enables the computer to implement the method described in any of the foregoing aspects.
第十二方面,本申请还提供了一种芯片,包括处理器和通信接口,所述处理器与存储器耦合,用于读取并执行所述存储器中存储的程序指令,以使所述芯片实现上述任一种方法。In a twelfth aspect, the present application also provides a chip, including a processor and a communication interface, the processor is coupled with the memory, and is configured to read and execute the program instructions stored in the memory, so that the chip can realize Any of the above methods.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1为现有技术中一种通信系统的结构示意图;Figure 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system in the prior art;
图2为本申请提供的一种通信系统的结构示意图;Figure 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by this application;
图3为本申请提供的一种通信方法的流程图;FIG. 3 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by this application;
图4为本申请提供的另一种通信方法的流程图;Figure 4 is a flowchart of another communication method provided by this application;
图5为本申请提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by this application;
图6为本申请提供的一种通信装置的结构图。FIG. 6 is a structural diagram of a communication device provided by this application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图,对本申请实施例进行详细描述。The embodiments of the present application will be described in detail below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
本申请实施例提供一种通信方法及装置,用以实现终端设备及时进行连接重建。其中,本申请所述方法和装置基于同一发明构思,由于方法及装置解决问题的原理相似,因此装置与方法的实施可以相互参见,重复之处不再赘述。The embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and device, which are used to realize timely connection re-establishment of terminal equipment. Among them, the method and device described in the present application are based on the same inventive concept, and because the method and the device have similar principles for solving the problem, the implementation of the device and the method can be referred to each other, and the repetition will not be repeated.
本申请中所有节点(设备)、消息的名称仅仅是为了描述方便而设定的名称,在实际网络中的名称可能不同,不应该理解本申请限定各种节点、消息的名称。The names of all nodes (devices) and messages in this application are only names set for the convenience of description. The names in the actual network may be different. It should not be understood that this application limits the names of various nodes and messages.
应理解,本申请实施例中“至少一(项)个”是指一(项)个或者多(项)个,“多 (项)个”是指两(项)个或两(项)个以上。“以下至少一(项)个”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a、b或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,a和b,a和c,b和c,或a、b和c,其中a、b、c可以是单个,也可以是多个。It should be understood that in the embodiments of the present application, "at least one (item)" refers to one (item) or more (items), and "multiple (item)" refers to two (items) or two (items). above. "The following at least one (item)" or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (a) or a plurality of items (a). For example, at least one of a, b, or c can mean: a, b, c, a and b, a and c, b and c, or a, b and c, where a, b, c It can be single or multiple.
在本申请中无线链路失败(radio link failure,RLF)指一个终端设备和网络设备之间的物理层连接中断,其发生于终端设备的RRC连接态。当RLF持续一定时间仍没有恢复物理层连接,则终端设备从RRC连接态进入RRC空闲态。相应的,本申请中所述的进入RLF是指终端设备确定进入与网络设备之间的物理层连接中断状态,其中所述“进入RLF”也可以理解为进入RLF状态,或者发生RLF。进一步,在此状态下终端设备会发起RRC连接重建。在本申请实施例中,网络设备可以指示终端设备提前进入RLF,也就是说,通过本申请提供的方法,终端设备可以及时进入RLF、及时进行小区搜索和测量、及时接入合适的小区,避免因在服务小区信号条件变差发生RLF而引起长时间的邻区搜索和测量,进而缩短终端设备业务传输的中断时间,优化终端设备的通信质量。另外,需要理解的是,在本申请的描述中,“第一”、“第二”等词汇,仅用于区分描述的目的,而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性,也不能理解为指示或暗示顺序。In this application, a radio link failure (RLF) refers to the interruption of the physical layer connection between a terminal device and a network device, which occurs in the RRC connection state of the terminal device. When the RLF lasts for a certain time and the physical layer connection is not restored, the terminal device enters the RRC idle state from the RRC connected state. Correspondingly, entering the RLF mentioned in this application means that the terminal device determines to enter the physical layer connection interruption state with the network device, wherein the "entering RLF" can also be understood as entering the RLF state or RLF occurs. Further, in this state, the terminal device will initiate RRC connection re-establishment. In the embodiments of this application, the network device can instruct the terminal device to enter the RLF in advance, that is, through the method provided in this application, the terminal device can enter the RLF in time, perform cell search and measurement in time, and access the appropriate cell in time to avoid The long-term neighbor cell search and measurement are caused by the occurrence of RLF in the signal condition of the serving cell deteriorated, thereby shortening the interruption time of the terminal equipment service transmission and optimizing the communication quality of the terminal equipment. In addition, it should be understood that in the description of this application, words such as "first" and "second" are only used for the purpose of distinguishing description, and cannot be understood as indicating or implying relative importance, nor can it be understood as indicating Or imply the order.
为了更加清晰地描述本申请实施例的技术方案,下面结合附图,对本申请实施例提供的通信方法及装置进行详细说明。In order to more clearly describe the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, the communication methods and devices provided in the embodiments of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
图2示出了本申请实施例提供的通信方法适用的一种可能的通信系统的架构,所述通信系统的架构中包括终端设备和至少两个网络设备,其中:FIG. 2 shows the architecture of a possible communication system to which the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application is applicable. The architecture of the communication system includes a terminal device and at least two network devices, where:
所述网络设备为具有无线收发功能的设备或可设置于该网络设备的芯片。网络设备是终端设备和核心网之间的桥梁,网络设备之间可以通过X2/Xn接口进行连接,其主要功能有:无线资源管理、互联网协议(internet protocol,IP)头压缩及用户数据流加密、终端设备附着时的移动管理实体(Mobility Management Entity,MME)/接入和移动性管理功能网元(access and mobility management function,AMF)选择、路由用户面数据至服务网关(Serving Gateway S-GW)/用户面功能网元(user plane function,UPF)、寻呼消息的组织和发送、广播消息的组织和发送、以移动性或调度为目的的测量及测量报告配置等。该网络设备包括但不限于:演进型节点B(evolved node B,eNB)、新一代节点B(generated node B,gNB)、连接5G核心网的演进型节点B(ng-eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(Node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved NodeB,或home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(baseband unit,BBU),无线保真(wireless fidelity,WIFI)系统中的接入点(access point,AP)、无线中继节点、无线回传节点、传输点(transmission and reception point,TRP或者transmission point,TP)等,还可以为构成gNB或传输点的网络节点,如基带单元(BBU),或,分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)等。图2中以网络设备1和网络设备2示例性示出。The network device is a device with a wireless transceiver function or a chip that can be installed in the network device. Network equipment is the bridge between the terminal equipment and the core network. The network equipment can be connected through the X2/Xn interface. Its main functions are: wireless resource management, internet protocol (IP) header compression and user data stream encryption , Mobility Management Entity (MME)/Access and Mobility Management Function (AMF) when the terminal device is attached selects and routes user plane data to the Serving Gateway S-GW )/User plane function (UPF), organization and transmission of paging messages, organization and transmission of broadcast messages, measurement and measurement report configuration for the purpose of mobility or scheduling, etc. The network equipment includes but is not limited to: evolved node B (evolved node B, eNB), new generation node B (generated node B, gNB), evolved node B (ng-eNB) connected to the 5G core network, wireless network control Radio network controller (RNC), node B (Node B, NB), base station controller (BSC), base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved NodeB), or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (BBU), access point (AP), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point in wireless fidelity (WIFI) system (transmission and reception point, TRP or transmission point, TP), etc., can also be network nodes that constitute a gNB or transmission point, such as a baseband unit (BBU), or a distributed unit (DU), etc. In FIG. 2, a network device 1 and a network device 2 are exemplarily shown.
所述终端设备也可以称为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。本申请的实施例中的终端设备可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑(Pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾 驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端、智能终端、多媒体设备、流媒体设备等等。本申请中将具有无线收发功能的终端设备及可设置于前述终端设备的芯片统称为终端设备。The terminal equipment may also be referred to as user equipment (UE), access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile equipment, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication equipment , User agent or user device. The terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may be a mobile phone (mobile phone), a tablet computer (Pad), a computer with a wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, and an augmented reality (AR) terminal Equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical, wireless terminals in smart grid, transportation safety ( Wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, smart terminals, multimedia devices, streaming media devices, and so on. In this application, terminal devices with wireless transceiver functions and chips that can be installed in the aforementioned terminal devices are collectively referred to as terminal devices.
示例性的,所述终端设备在小区1中与所述网络设备1建立有RRC连接,之后,所述终端设备从所述网络设备1的小区1移动到所述网络设备2的小区2中,需要建立与所述网络设备2的RRC连接。Exemplarily, the terminal device establishes an RRC connection with the network device 1 in cell 1, and after that, the terminal device moves from cell 1 of the network device 1 to cell 2 of the network device 2, The RRC connection with the network device 2 needs to be established.
需要说明的是,图1所示的通信系统可以但不限于为长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)通信系统或者第五代(5th Generation,5G)通信系统,如新一代无线接入技术(new radio access technology,NR),可选的,本申请实施例的方法还适用于未来的各种通信系统,例如6G系统或者其他通信网络等。It should be noted that the communication system shown in FIG. 1 can be, but is not limited to, a long term evolution (LTE) communication system or a fifth generation (5th Generation, 5G) communication system, such as a new generation of wireless access technology (new radio access technology (NR). Optionally, the method in the embodiments of the present application is also applicable to various future communication systems, such as 6G systems or other communication networks.
本申请中,以执行主体为终端设备和网络设备进行实施例描述,当然终端设备还可以替换为终端设备中的处理器,或者是芯片或芯片系统,或者是一个功能模块等;网络设备还可以替换为网络设备中的处理器,或者是芯片或芯片系统,或者是一个功能模块等,本申请对此不作限定。In this application, the execution subject is the terminal device and the network device for the description of the embodiments. Of course, the terminal device can also be replaced with a processor in the terminal device, or a chip or a chip system, or a functional module, etc.; the network device can also be It is replaced by a processor in a network device, or a chip or a chip system, or a functional module, which is not limited in this application.
本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法,适用于图2所示的通信系统。参阅图3所示,该方法的具体流程可以包括:A communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application is applicable to the communication system shown in FIG. 2. Referring to Figure 3, the specific process of the method may include:
步骤301:终端设备确定服务小区的信道状态参数的评估值。Step 301: The terminal device determines the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell.
在一种可能实施方式中,所述信道状态参数可以包括以下至少一个:参考信号接收功率(reference signal received power,RSRP)、参考信号接收质量(reference signal received quality,RSRQ)、信号与干扰加噪声比(signal to interference plus noise ratio,SINR)、信噪比(signal noise ratio,SNR)、成功接收重复次数、重复发送次数、覆盖增强等级、发射功率、下行无线链路误块率、以特定误块率可靠接收假设的PDCCH的链路水平等。在一种可能的实施方式中,所述成功接收重复次数可以是终端设备成功接收下行传输所需要的重复次数,所述重复发送次数可以是传输块(transport block,TB)重复发送次数。In a possible implementation manner, the channel state parameters may include at least one of the following: reference signal received power (RSRP), reference signal received quality (RSRQ), signal and interference plus noise Ratio (signal to interference plus noise ratio, SINR), signal to noise ratio (signal noise ratio, SNR), number of successful reception repetitions, retransmission times, coverage enhancement level, transmit power, downlink block error rate, and specific error The block rate reliably receives the hypothetical PDCCH link level, etc. In a possible implementation manner, the number of repetitions of successful reception may be the number of repetitions required for the terminal device to successfully receive downlink transmission, and the number of repetitions of transmission may be the number of repeated transmissions of a transport block (TB).
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述评估值可以是所述终端设备通过测量获得的。例如,所述终端设备通过测量所述服务小区的参考信号获得RSRP、RSRQ、SINR或SNR。In a possible implementation manner, the evaluation value may be obtained by the terminal device through measurement. For example, the terminal device obtains RSRP, RSRQ, SINR or SNR by measuring the reference signal of the serving cell.
在另一种可能的实施方式中,所述评估值可以是所述终端设备根据接收下行传输的重复次数或发送上行传输的重复次数的计数确定的。例如,所述终端设备接收网络设备重复发送的下行传输,并确定成功接收到所述下行传输所用的重复次数,该成功接收重复次数能够反映所述终端设备的信道状态。又例如,所述终端设备接收网络设备配置的发送上行传输的上行传输重复次数或配置的覆盖增强等级,所述上行传输重复次数或所述覆盖增强等级能够反映所述终端设备的信道状态。In another possible implementation manner, the evaluation value may be determined by the terminal device according to the count of the number of repetitions of receiving downlink transmissions or the number of repetitions of sending uplink transmissions. For example, the terminal device receives the downlink transmission repeatedly sent by the network device, and determines the number of repetitions used for successfully receiving the downlink transmission, and the number of repetitions of the successful reception can reflect the channel state of the terminal device. For another example, the terminal device receives the number of uplink transmission repetitions configured by the network device for sending uplink transmissions or the configured coverage enhancement level, and the number of uplink transmission repetitions or the coverage enhancement level can reflect the channel state of the terminal device.
需要说明的是,上述信道状态参数的具体定义仅仅是示例,还可以有其它定义,本申请对此不作限定。It should be noted that the above-mentioned specific definition of the channel state parameter is only an example, and other definitions are also possible, which is not limited in this application.
步骤302:所述终端设备确定所述信道状态参数的评估值满足预设条件。Step 302: The terminal device determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter satisfies a preset condition.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述终端设备确定所述信道状态参数的评估值满足预设条件,具体可以为:所述终端设备确定所述信道状态参数的评估值小于第一门限值。In an optional implementation manner, the terminal device determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter satisfies a preset condition, which may specifically be: the terminal device determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than a first threshold value.
其中,所述第一门限值可以是所述网络设备预先配置给所述终端设备的,或者是所述 网络设备在步骤301之前发送给所述终端设备的,或者是预配置于所述终端设备的。The first threshold value may be pre-configured by the network device to the terminal device, or sent by the network device to the terminal device before step 301, or pre-configured in the terminal device. equipment.
可选的,所述第一门限值还可以是所述终端设备根据用于确定所述第一门限值的参数确定的,本申请对此不作限定。Optionally, the first threshold value may also be determined by the terminal device according to a parameter used to determine the first threshold value, which is not limited in this application.
在一种可选的实施方式中,当信道状态参数为K个时,其中K为大于或等于2的整数,所述终端设备确定所述信道状态参数的评估值小于所述第一门限值,具体可以为:所述终端设备确定K个信道状态参数中的N个信道状态参数的评估值小于对应信道状态参数的第一门限值,N为小于或等于K的正整数。In an optional implementation manner, when there are K channel state parameters, where K is an integer greater than or equal to 2, the terminal device determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than the first threshold value Specifically, it may be: the terminal device determines that the evaluation value of the N channel state parameters of the K channel state parameters is less than the first threshold value of the corresponding channel state parameter, and N is a positive integer less than or equal to K.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述终端设备还接收来自所述网络设备的信道状态参数的第二门限值,或者,所述终端设备预配置有所述第二门限值。In an optional implementation manner, the terminal device further receives the second threshold value of the channel state parameter from the network device, or the terminal device is pre-configured with the second threshold value.
进一步的,所述终端设备确定所述信道状态参数的评估值满足预设条件,具体可以为:所述终端设备确定所述信道状态参数的评估值小于所述第一门限值,且确定所述信道状态参数的评估值的变化量大于或等于所述第二门限值。其中所述变化量可以为所述评估值的参考值与所述评估值的当前值的差值,或者,所述变化量可以为所述评估值的当前值与所述评估值的参考值的差值。Further, the terminal device determining that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter satisfies a preset condition may specifically be: the terminal device determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than the first threshold value, and determining that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than the first threshold value. The amount of change in the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is greater than or equal to the second threshold value. The amount of change may be the difference between the reference value of the evaluation value and the current value of the evaluation value, or the amount of change may be the difference between the current value of the evaluation value and the reference value of the evaluation value. Difference.
示例性的,所述评估值的参考值可以为第一事件发生时的信道状态参数的评估值。例如,所述第一事件可以为以下至少一项:Exemplarily, the reference value of the evaluation value may be the evaluation value of the channel state parameter when the first event occurs. For example, the first event may be at least one of the following:
(1)所述终端设备确定所述信道状态参数的评估值小于所述第一门限值。(1) The terminal device determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than the first threshold value.
(2)所述终端设备确定所述信道状态参数的评估值小于所述第一门限值持续第一时长。(2) The terminal device determines that the estimated value of the channel state parameter is less than the first threshold value for a first period of time.
(3)所述终端设备确定所述信道状态参数的评估值大于所述第一门限值持续第一时长。(3) The terminal device determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is greater than the first threshold value for a first period of time.
具体的,当所述第一事件发生时,将当前确定的所述评估值记作所述参考值。所述评估值的当前值为当前确定的所述评估值。Specifically, when the first event occurs, the currently determined evaluation value is recorded as the reference value. The current value of the evaluation value is the currently determined evaluation value.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的预设时长T或所述终端设备预配置有所述预设时长T,进而所述终端设备确定所述信道状态参数的评估值小于所述第一门限值,具体可以为:所述终端设备确定所述信道状态参数的评估值小于所述第一门限值持续所述预设时长T。In an optional implementation manner, the terminal device receives a preset duration T from the network device or the terminal device is pre-configured with the preset duration T, and then the terminal device determines the channel state The evaluation value of the parameter is less than the first threshold value, which may specifically be: the terminal device determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than the first threshold value for the preset duration T.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的预设时长T或所述终端设备预配置有所述预设时长T,所述终端设备确定所述信道状态参数的评估值的变化量大于或等于所述第二门限值,具体可以为:所述终端设备确定所述信道状态参数的评估值的变化量大于或等于所述第二门限值持续所述预设时长T。In an optional implementation manner, the terminal device receives a preset duration T from the network device or the terminal device is pre-configured with the preset duration T, and the terminal device determines the channel state parameter The amount of change in the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is greater than or equal to the second threshold value, which may specifically be: the terminal device determines that the amount of change in the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is greater than or equal to the second threshold value to continue the The preset duration is T.
步骤303:终端设备向网络设备发送信道状态信息,所述信道状态信息用于指示以下至少一项:信道状态变差、即将进入RLF、需要进行邻区测量。Step 303: The terminal device sends channel state information to the network device, where the channel state information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the channel state is getting worse, the RLF is about to enter, and the neighbor cell measurement needs to be performed.
可选的,还包括步骤3031:网络设备向终端设备发送第一能力指示信息,所述第一能力指示信息用于指示所述网络设备支持接收信道状态信息。具体的,在步骤303之前,网络设备可以通过第一能力指示信息来通知终端设备:所述网络设备支持接收信道状态信息,或者通过所述第一能力指示信息用于指示终端设备上报信道状态信息,或者通过第一能力指示信息来通知终端设备:所述网络设备支持根据信道状态信息来确定终端设备的信道状态。Optionally, the method further includes step 3031: the network device sends first capability indication information to the terminal device, where the first capability indication information is used to indicate that the network device supports receiving channel state information. Specifically, before step 303, the network device may notify the terminal device through the first capability indication information: the network device supports receiving channel state information, or the first capability indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report channel state information , Or notify the terminal device through the first capability indication information: the network device supports determining the channel state of the terminal device according to the channel state information.
进一步可选的,还包括步骤3032:终端设备向网络设备发送第二能力指示信息,所述 第二能力指示信息用于指示所述终端设备支持上报信道状态信息。具体的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一能力指示信息之后,可以确定网络设备支持接收信道状态信息,在可能的实现中,终端设备通过第二能力指示信息来通知网络设备:所述终端设备支持上报信道状态信息,或者也可以理解为,第二能力上报指示信息响应于第一能力指示信息。Further optionally, the method further includes step 3032: the terminal device sends second capability indication information to the network device, where the second capability indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports reporting channel state information. Specifically, after the terminal device receives the first capability indication information from the network device, it can be determined that the network device supports receiving channel state information. In a possible implementation, the terminal device informs the network device through the second capability indication information: the terminal device Support reporting channel state information, or it can also be understood that the second capability report indication information responds to the first capability indication information.
通过步骤3031和步骤3032,网络设备和终端设备交互各自的能力信息,进而终端设备确定可以通过上报信道状态信息来实现及时连接重建,从而提高了终端设备的通信质量。Through step 3031 and step 3032, the network device and the terminal device exchange their respective capability information, and the terminal device determines that it can realize timely connection reconstruction by reporting the channel state information, thereby improving the communication quality of the terminal device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,还包括步骤3033:所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送信道状态信息上报激活指示(例如,使能信道状态信息上报((channel state information,CSI)-report enable)),所述信道状态信息上报激活指示用于指示所述终端设备可以上报所述信道状态信息。当所述终端设备接收到所述信道状态上报激活指示时,可以在确定满足预设条件之后向网络设备发送信道状态信息。In an optional implementation manner, the method further includes step 3033: the network device sends a channel state information report activation indication to the terminal device (for example, enabling channel state information reporting ((channel state information, CSI)-report) enable)), the channel state information reporting activation indication is used to indicate that the terminal device can report the channel state information. When the terminal device receives the channel state reporting activation instruction, it may send channel state information to the network device after determining that a preset condition is satisfied.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述信道状态信息可以通过以下三种方式发送:In an optional implementation manner, the channel state information may be sent in the following three ways:
方式a1、所述信道状态信息是通过信道质量报告的媒体接入控制层控制单元(media access control control element,MAC CE)发送的。Manner a1. The channel state information is sent through a media access control control element (MAC CE) of a channel quality report.
示例性的,表1和表2为信道质量报告的MAC CE及对应子头的结构示意图示例。具体的,如表1和表2中所示的所述信道质量报告的MAC CE及对应子头中可以包括逻辑信道标识(logical channel identify,LCID)字段、质量报告(quality report)字段、保留比特R。Exemplarily, Table 1 and Table 2 are structural schematic examples of the MAC CE and the corresponding subheader of the channel quality report. Specifically, as shown in Table 1 and Table 2, the MAC CE of the channel quality report and the corresponding sub-header may include a logical channel identification (logical channel identification, LCID) field, a quality report (quality report) field, and reserved bits. R.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述信道质量报告的MAC CE中的quality report字段用于指示所述信道状态信息。具体的,当LCID字段的值为10001时,所述MAC CE传输的内容为下行信道质量报告(downlink channel quality report)。也就是说,当LCID字段的值为10001时,MAC CE及对应子头的结构可以如表1或表2所示,此时可以通过MAC CE中的质量报告(quality report)字段来指示信道质量或所述信道状态信息。例如,可以通过所述quality report字段来指示信道状态变差,网络设备接收到MAC CE后可以确定终端设备的信道状态,并根据信道状态进一步调度终端设备。In a possible implementation manner, the quality report field in the MAC CE of the channel quality report is used to indicate the channel state information. Specifically, when the value of the LCID field is 10001, the content transmitted by the MAC CE is a downlink channel quality report (downlink channel quality report). That is to say, when the value of the LCID field is 10001, the structure of the MAC CE and the corresponding subheader can be as shown in Table 1 or Table 2. At this time, the quality report field in the MAC CE can be used to indicate the channel quality. Or the channel state information. For example, the quality report field can be used to indicate that the channel status has deteriorated. After receiving the MAC CE, the network device can determine the channel status of the terminal device, and further schedule the terminal device according to the channel status.
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2020077358-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2020077358-appb-000001
表2Table 2
Figure PCTCN2020077358-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2020077358-appb-000002
其中,所述quality report的取值如下表3所示:Among them, the value of the quality report is shown in Table 3 below:
表3table 3
quality report比特(bits)quality report bits (bits) value(值)value
00000000 noMeasurements(没有测量)noMeasurements (no measurement)
00010001 candidateRep-A(候选重复次数)candidateRep-A (number of candidate repetitions)
00100010 candidateRep-BcandidateRep-B
00110011 candidateRep-CcandidateRep-C
01000100 candidateRep-DcandidateRep-D
01010101 candidateRep-EcandidateRep-E
01100110 candidateRep-FcandidateRep-F
01110111 candidateRep-GcandidateRep-G
10001000 candidateRep-HcandidateRep-H
10011001 candidateRep-IcandidateRep-I
10101010 candidateRep-JcandidateRep-J
10111011 candidateRep-KcandidateRep-K
11001100 candidateRep-LcandidateRep-L
11011101 信道状态信息Channel state information
11101110 Reserved(保留)Reserved
11111111 ReservedReserved
表3示出了quality report取值与value值的对应关系。Table 3 shows the corresponding relationship between the quality report value and the value value.
需要说明的是,表3中的value列,是quality report的不同取值分别对应的值,取不同的值标识不同含义;例如,当前的表3中所示,当quality report的取值为0001-1100时,分别对应的是不同的候选重复次数,在表3中仅以candidateRep-A到candidateRep-L示例,具体的值本申请不限定。在表3给出的示例中,通过quality report的取值(也即表3中quality report bits列的比特)为1101来指示所述信道状态信息,当然quality report的取值仅是一种示例,还可以使用quality report的取值为0000、1110或1111来指示所述信道状态信息,本申请对此不作限定。例如,可以通过quality report的取值为1101来指示信道状态变差,也就是将“quality report的取值为1101”作为信道状态较差指示(bad channel status indication,BCSI),所述信道状态信息可通过不同的取值来指示上述提到的信道状态信息指示的含义,本申请不做限定。It should be noted that the value column in Table 3 is the value corresponding to different values of quality report, and different values indicate different meanings; for example, as shown in the current table 3, when the value of quality report is 0001 When -1100, they correspond to different candidate repetition times. In Table 3, only candidateRep-A to candidateRep-L are used as examples. The specific values are not limited in this application. In the example given in Table 3, the value of quality report (that is, the bits in the quality report bits column in Table 3) is 1101 to indicate the channel state information. Of course, the value of quality report is only an example. The value of quality report can also be 0000, 1110, or 1111 to indicate the channel state information, which is not limited in this application. For example, the channel status can be indicated by the value of quality report 1101, that is, the "quality report value is 1101" as the channel status indication (bad channel status indication, BCSI), the channel status information Different values can be used to indicate the meaning of the aforementioned channel state information indication, which is not limited in this application.
在另一种可能的实施方式中,所述信道质量报告的MAC CE中的预留字段用于指示所述信道状态信息。具体的,如上述说明,当LCID字段的值为10001时,MAC CE及对应子头的结构如表1或表2所示,此时可以通过MAC CE中的R字段来指示信道状态信息。例如,预定义第一个R字段来指示提前进行邻区测量。网络设备接收到MAC CE后可以确定终端设备的信道状态,并根据信道状态进一步调度终端设备。在此实施例中,R字段可以与quality report字段共用,例如第一个R字段用于指示信道质量变差,同时quality report用于指示重复次数,提高通信效率。In another possible implementation manner, the reserved field in the MAC CE of the channel quality report is used to indicate the channel state information. Specifically, as described above, when the value of the LCID field is 10001, the structure of the MAC CE and the corresponding subheader is shown in Table 1 or Table 2. At this time, the R field in the MAC CE can be used to indicate the channel state information. For example, the first R field is predefined to indicate that the neighbor cell measurement is performed in advance. After receiving the MAC CE, the network device can determine the channel state of the terminal device, and further schedule the terminal device according to the channel state. In this embodiment, the R field can be shared with the quality report field. For example, the first R field is used to indicate the deterioration of channel quality, and the quality report is used to indicate the number of repetitions to improve communication efficiency.
方式a2、所述信道状态信息是通过缓存状态报告(buffer status report,BSR)的MAC CE发送的。Manner a2. The channel state information is sent through the MAC CE of the buffer status report (buffer status report, BSR).
示例性的,表4为BSR MAC CE及对应子头的结构示意图示例。具体的,如表4所示,所述BSR MAC CE及对应子头可以包括LCID字段、缓存数据尺寸(buffer size)字段、逻辑信道组标识(logical channel group identity,LCG ID)字段、R、F2、E字段。Exemplarily, Table 4 is an example of a schematic structural diagram of BSR MAC CE and corresponding sub-headers. Specifically, as shown in Table 4, the BSR MAC CE and the corresponding sub-header may include an LCID field, a buffer size (buffer size) field, a logical channel group identity (logical channel group identity, LCG ID) field, R, F2 , E field.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述BSR MAC CE中的缓存数据尺寸(buffer size)为特定值时用于指示所述信道状态信息。In a possible implementation manner, when the buffer size (buffer size) in the BSR MAC CE is a specific value, it is used to indicate the channel state information.
具体的,如表4所示BSR MAC CE及对应子头的结构中,当LCID为11101,LCG ID 为00时,buffer size为特定值0时用于指示所述信道状态信息。Specifically, as shown in Table 4, in the structure of the BSR MAC CE and the corresponding subheader, when the LCID is 11101, the LCG ID is 00, and the buffer size is a specific value of 0, it is used to indicate the channel state information.
表4Table 4
Figure PCTCN2020077358-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2020077358-appb-000003
在一种可选的实施方式中,当所述终端设备未配置释放辅助信息激活指示(rai-Activation)时,可以通过buffer size的取值为特定值0或其它值来指示所述信道状态信息。例如,可以通过buffer size的取值为0来指示需要进行邻区测量。这样可以通过这种方式使所述网络设备基于该指示获知终端设备提前进行邻区测量,避免网络设备盲目调度终端设备造成的资源浪费。In an optional implementation manner, when the terminal device is not configured to release the auxiliary information activation indication (rai-Activation), the channel state information may be indicated by the value of the buffer size being a specific value of 0 or other values. . For example, the value of buffer size can be 0 to indicate that the neighbor cell measurement needs to be performed. In this way, the network device can learn that the terminal device performs the neighbor cell measurement in advance based on the instruction in this way, and avoid resource waste caused by the network device blindly dispatching the terminal device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,在步骤3033存在时,当所述终端设备在确定满足预设条件之后向网络设备发送信道状态信息时,终端设备可以通过buffer size为特定值0或其它值来指示所述信道状态信息。例如,可以通过buffer size的取值为0来指示即将进入RLF。这样可以通过这种方式使所述网络设备基于该指示获知终端设备提前进行邻区测量,避免网络设备盲目调度终端设备造成的资源浪费。In an optional implementation manner, when step 3033 exists, when the terminal device sends channel state information to the network device after determining that the preset condition is satisfied, the terminal device may set the buffer size to a specific value of 0 or other values To indicate the channel state information. For example, the value of buffer size can be 0 to indicate that RLF is about to be entered. In this way, the network device can learn that the terminal device performs the neighbor cell measurement in advance based on the instruction in this way, and avoid resource waste caused by the network device blindly dispatching the terminal device.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述BSR MAC CE中的LCG ID为特定值时用于指示所述信道状态信息。In a possible implementation manner, when the LCG ID in the BSR MAC CE is a specific value, it is used to indicate the channel state information.
具体的,如表4所示BSR MAC CE及对应子头的结构中,当LCID字段的值为11101时,LCG ID字段的值为特定值01或10或11等时用于指示所述信道状态信息。例如,LCG ID字段的值为01时可以指示信道状态变差;又例如,LCG ID字段的值为10时可以指示需要进行邻区测量;又例如,LCG ID字段的值为11时可以指示即将进入RLF。当然,上述举例仅仅是一种示例,还有其它可能的指示情况,本申请对此不作限定。这样可以通过这种方式使所述网络设备基于该指示获知终端设备提前进行邻区测量,避免网络设备盲目调度终端设备造成的资源浪费。Specifically, as shown in Table 4 in the structure of the BSR MAC CE and the corresponding subheader, when the value of the LCID field is 11101, the value of the LCG ID field is the specific value 01 or 10 or 11, etc., used to indicate the channel status information. For example, when the value of the LCG ID field is 01, it can indicate that the channel state has deteriorated; for another example, when the value of the LCG ID field is 10, it can indicate that neighbouring cell measurement is required; for another example, when the value of the LCG ID field is 11, it can indicate that Enter RLF. Of course, the foregoing example is only an example, and there are other possible indication situations, which are not limited in this application. In this way, the network device can learn that the terminal device performs the neighbor cell measurement in advance based on the instruction in this way, and avoid resource waste caused by the network device blindly dispatching the terminal device.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述BSR MAC CE中的LCG ID为特定值且buffer size为特定值时用于指示所述信道状态信息。In a possible implementation manner, when the LCG ID in the BSR MAC CE is a specific value and the buffer size is a specific value, it is used to indicate the channel state information.
具体的,如表4所示BSR MAC CE及对应子头的结构中,当LCID字段的值为11101时,LCG ID为特定值01或10或11或其它值且buffer size为特定值0或其它值时用于指示所述信道状态信息。例如,LCG ID为01且buffer size为0时可以指示信道状态变差;又例如,LCG ID为10且buffer size为0时可以指示需要进行邻区测量;又例如,LCG ID为11且buffer size为0时可以指示即将进入RLF。当然还可以有其它情况,此处不再一一列举。这样可以通过这种方式使所述网络设备基于该指示获知终端设备提前进行邻区测量,避免网络设备盲目调度终端设备造成的资源浪费。Specifically, as shown in Table 4 in the structure of the BSR MAC CE and the corresponding subheader, when the value of the LCID field is 11101, the LCG ID is the specific value 01 or 10 or 11 or other values and the buffer size is the specific value 0 or other Value is used to indicate the channel state information. For example, when the LCG ID is 01 and the buffer size is 0, it can indicate that the channel state has deteriorated; for example, when the LCG ID is 10 and the buffer size is 0, it can indicate that the neighbor cell measurement needs to be performed; for example, the LCG ID is 11 and the buffer size is 0. When it is 0, it can indicate that RLF is about to be entered. Of course, there can be other situations, which will not be listed here. In this way, the network device can learn that the terminal device performs the neighbor cell measurement in advance based on the instruction in this way, and avoid resource waste caused by the network device blindly dispatching the terminal device.
方式a3、所述信道状态信息是通过MAC分组数据单元(packet data unit,PDU)子头(sub-header)发送的。Manner a3: The channel state information is sent through a MAC packet data unit (packet data unit, PDU) sub-header (sub-header).
示例性的,表5、表6为MAC子头的结构示意图示例。具体的,如表5所示,MAC PDU子头可以包括LCID字段、R字段、F2字段、E字段;如表6所示,MAC PDU子头可以包括LCID字段、R字段、F2字段、E字段、F字段、L字段。Exemplarily, Table 5 and Table 6 are examples of schematic diagrams of the structure of the MAC subheader. Specifically, as shown in Table 5, the MAC PDU subheader can include the LCID field, the R field, the F2 field, and the E field; as shown in Table 6, the MAC PDU subheader can include the LCID field, the R field, the F2 field, and the E field. , F field, L field.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述MAC PDU子头中的R字段用于指示所述信道状态信息。In a possible implementation manner, the R field in the MAC PDU subheader is used to indicate the channel state information.
例如,如表5所示的MAC PDU子头的结构中,R为1时可以用于指示信道状态变差。 这样可以通过这种方式使所述网络设备基于该指示获知终端设备提前进行邻区测量,避免网络设备盲目调度终端设备造成的资源浪费。For example, in the structure of the MAC PDU subheader shown in Table 5, when R is 1, it can be used to indicate that the channel state has deteriorated. In this way, the network device can learn that the terminal device performs the neighbor cell measurement in advance based on the instruction in this way, and avoid resource waste caused by the network device blindly dispatching the terminal device.
在另一种可能的实施方式中,所述MAC PDU子头中的F2字段用于指示所述信道状态信息。In another possible implementation manner, the F2 field in the MAC PDU subheader is used to indicate the channel state information.
例如,如表5所示的MAC PDU子头的结构中,F2为1时可以用于指示需要进行邻区测量。这样可以通过这种方式使所述网络设备基于该指示获知终端设备提前进行邻区测量,避免网络设备盲目调度终端设备造成的资源浪费。For example, in the structure of the MAC PDU subheader shown in Table 5, when F2 is 1, it can be used to indicate that neighbor cell measurement needs to be performed. In this way, the network device can learn that the terminal device performs the neighbor cell measurement in advance based on the instruction in this way, and avoid resource waste caused by the network device blindly dispatching the terminal device.
在又一种可能的实施方式中,所述MAC PDU子头中的LCID字段用于指示所述信道状态信息。In another possible implementation manner, the LCID field in the MAC PDU subheader is used to indicate the channel state information.
表5table 5
RR F2F2 EE LCIDLCID
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述MAC PDU子头中的F字段用于指示所述信道状态信息。In a possible implementation manner, the F field in the MAC PDU subheader is used to indicate the channel state information.
例如,如表6所示的MAC PDU子头的结构中,F为1时可以用于指示即将进入RLF。这样可以通过这种方式使所述网络设备基于该指示获知终端设备提前进行邻区测量,避免网络设备盲目调度终端设备造成的资源浪费。For example, in the structure of the MAC PDU subheader shown in Table 6, when F is 1, it can be used to indicate that RLF is about to enter. In this way, the network device can learn that the terminal device performs the neighbor cell measurement in advance based on the instruction in this way, and avoid resource waste caused by the network device blindly dispatching the terminal device.
表6Table 6
Figure PCTCN2020077358-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2020077358-appb-000004
可选地,在步骤303之后,所述终端设备可以执行以下至少一个流程:Optionally, after step 303, the terminal device may execute at least one of the following procedures:
流程c1:所述终端设备进行邻区测量。Process c1: The terminal device performs neighbor cell measurement.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述终端设备自行进行邻区测量。In an optional implementation manner, the terminal device performs neighbor cell measurement by itself.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述终端设备在接收到来自所述网络设备的邻区测量指示之后进行邻区测量,所述邻区测量指示用于指示所述终端设备进行邻区测量。In an optional implementation manner, the terminal device performs a neighbor cell measurement after receiving a neighbor cell measurement instruction from the network device, and the neighbor cell measurement instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to perform a neighbor cell measurement .
在一种示例性的实施方式中,所述邻区测量指示还用于指示所述终端设备在非连续接收(discontinuous reception,DRX)的非激活时间内进行邻区测量。In an exemplary implementation, the neighbor cell measurement indication is further used to instruct the terminal device to perform neighbor cell measurement during the inactive time of discontinuous reception (DRX).
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述邻区测量指示可以是网络设备通过以下三种方式发送的:In an optional implementation manner, the neighbor cell measurement indication may be sent by the network device in the following three ways:
方式d1、所述邻区测量指示可以通过触发下行信道质量报告的MAC CE发送的,其中,可以通过下行信道质量报告的MAC CE中的LCID为特定值时指示所述邻区测量指示。例如,表7所示的下行信道质量报告的MAC CE的结构中,可以通过对当前标准定义LCID为10001新增用于指示所述邻区测量指示的功能(也就是说LCID为10001时可以按照当前标准预定义的指示内容,也可以同时指示邻区测量),或者可以通过其他比特值,例如当前标准中未被定义的数值(例如预留数值),来指示所述邻区测量指示,本申请对此不作限制。这样通过上述方式使所述终端设备接收到所述邻区测量指示后进行邻区测量,从而可以获知候选重建小区的信道状态情况,以便于在RLF时快速重建。Manner d1. The neighbor cell measurement indication may be sent by the MAC CE that triggers the downlink channel quality report, where the neighbor cell measurement indication may be indicated when the LCID in the MAC CE of the downlink channel quality report is a specific value. For example, in the MAC CE structure of the downlink channel quality report shown in Table 7, the current standard defines the LCID as 10001 to add a function for indicating the measurement indication of the neighboring cell (that is, when the LCID is 10001, it can be The indication content predefined by the current standard can also indicate neighboring cell measurement at the same time), or other bit values, such as a value that is not defined in the current standard (such as a reserved value), can be used to indicate the neighboring cell measurement indication. The application is not restricted. In this way, in the above manner, the terminal device can perform the neighbor cell measurement after receiving the neighbor cell measurement instruction, so that the channel state of the candidate re-establishment cell can be learned, so as to facilitate rapid re-establishment in the RLF.
表7Table 7
RR F2F2 EE LCIDLCID
方式d2、所述邻区测量指示可以通过MAC PDU子头发送,其中,可以通过MAC PDU子头中的LCID为特定值时指示所述邻区测量指示。例如,表8所示的MAC PDU子头的 结构中,当LCID为特定值01011或01111或其他比特值时用于指示所述邻区测量指示。这样通过上述方式使所述终端设备接收到所述邻区测量指示后进行邻区测量,从而可以获知候选重建小区的信道状态情况,以便于在RLF时快速重建。Manner d2. The neighboring cell measurement indication may be sent through the MAC PDU subheader, where the neighboring cell measurement indication may be indicated when the LCID in the MAC PDU subheader is a specific value. For example, in the structure of the MAC PDU subheader shown in Table 8, when the LCID is a specific value of 01011 or 01111 or other bit values, it is used to indicate the neighbor cell measurement indication. In this way, in the above manner, the terminal device can perform the neighbor cell measurement after receiving the neighbor cell measurement instruction, so that the channel state of the candidate re-establishment cell can be learned, so as to facilitate rapid re-establishment in the RLF.
表8Table 8
RR F2F2 EE LCIDLCID
方式d3、所述邻区测量指示可以通过MAC PDU子头发送,其中,可以通过MAC PDU子头中的F2字段为特定值时指示所述邻区测量指示。例如,表8所示的MAC PDU子头的结构中,当F2为特定值1或其他值时用于指示所述邻区测量指示。这样通过上述方式使所述终端设备接收到所述邻区测量指示后进行邻区测量,从而可以获知候选重建小区的信道状态情况,以便于在RLF时快速重建。Manner d3: The neighbor cell measurement indication may be sent through the MAC PDU subheader, where the neighbor cell measurement indication may be indicated by the F2 field in the MAC PDU subheader having a specific value. For example, in the structure of the MAC PDU subheader shown in Table 8, when F2 is a specific value of 1 or other values, it is used to indicate the neighboring cell measurement indication. In this way, in the above manner, the terminal device can perform the neighbor cell measurement after receiving the neighbor cell measurement instruction, so that the channel state of the candidate re-establishment cell can be learned, so as to facilitate rapid re-establishment in the RLF.
方式d4、所述邻区测量指示可以通过MAC PDU子头发送,其中,可以通过MAC PDU子头中的R字段为特定值时指示所述邻区测量指示。例如,表8所示的MAC PDU子头的结构中,当R为特定值1或其他值时用于指示所述邻区测量指示。这样通过上述方式使所述终端设备接收到所述邻区测量指示后进行邻区测量,从而可以获知候选重建小区的信道状态情况,以便于在RLF时快速重建。Manner d4: The neighboring cell measurement instruction may be sent through a MAC PDU subheader, where the neighboring cell measurement instruction may be indicated through the R field in the MAC PDU subheader having a specific value. For example, in the structure of the MAC PDU subheader shown in Table 8, when R is a specific value of 1 or other values, it is used to indicate the neighbor cell measurement indication. In this way, in the above manner, the terminal device can perform the neighbor cell measurement after receiving the neighbor cell measurement instruction, so that the channel state of the candidate re-establishment cell can be learned, so as to facilitate rapid re-establishment in the RLF.
方式d5、所述邻区测量指示可以通过MAC PDU子头发送,其中,可以通过MAC PDU子头中的F字段为特定值时指示所述邻区测量指示。例如,表6所示MAC PDU子头的结构中,当F为特定值1或其他值时用于指示所述邻区测量指示。这样通过上述方式使所述终端设备接收到所述邻区测量指示后进行邻区测量,从而可以获知候选重建小区的信道状态情况,以便于在RLF时快速重建。Manner d5: The neighboring cell measurement instruction may be sent through a MAC PDU subheader, where the neighboring cell measurement instruction may be indicated when the F field in the MAC PDU subheader is a specific value. For example, in the structure of the MAC PDU subheader shown in Table 6, when F is a specific value of 1 or other values, it is used to indicate the neighbor cell measurement indication. In this way, in the above manner, the terminal device can perform the neighbor cell measurement after receiving the neighbor cell measurement instruction, so that the channel state of the candidate re-establishment cell can be learned, so as to facilitate rapid re-establishment in the RLF.
在一种可选的实施方式中,在步骤303之前,所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示以下至少一项:所述网络设备支持移动性增强、所述网络设备允许所述终端设备在RRC连接态进行邻区测量、所述网络设备允许所述终端设备在RRC连接态进行同频测量、所述网络设备允许所述终端设备在RRC连接态进行异频测量、所述网络设备允许所述终端设备在非连续接收DRX的非激活时间进行测量。In an optional implementation manner, before step 303, the network device sends first information to the terminal device, where the first information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the network device supports mobility enhancement The network device allows the terminal device to perform neighbor cell measurement in the RRC connected state, the network device allows the terminal device to perform co-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state, and the network device allows the terminal device to perform the same-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state. Perform inter-frequency measurement, and the network device allows the terminal device to perform measurement during the inactive time of discontinuous reception of DRX.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示以下至少一项:所述终端设备支持移动性增强、所述终端设备支持在RRC连接态进行邻区测量、所述终端设备支持在RRC连接态进行同频测量、所述终端设备支持在RRC连接态进行异频测量、所述终端设备支持在DRX的非激活时间进行测量或DRX偏好指示;所述DRX偏好指示用于指示所述终端设备偏好的DRX周期,且所述DRX周期用于邻区测量。In an optional implementation manner, the terminal device sends second information to the network device, and the second information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal device supports mobility enhancement, and the terminal device Supports neighbor cell measurement in the RRC connected state, the terminal device supports co-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state, the terminal device supports inter-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state, and the terminal device supports the DRX inactive time Measurement or DRX preference indication; the DRX preference indication is used to indicate the DRX cycle preferred by the terminal device, and the DRX cycle is used for neighbor cell measurement.
流程c2:所述终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备进入RLF;所述终端设备确定进入无线链路失败RLF,执行无线资源控制RRC连接重建流程。Process c2: The terminal device receives first indication information from the network device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to enter the RLF; the terminal device determines that the radio link fails to enter the RLF, and executes the radio resource Control the RRC connection re-establishment process.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述RLF为虚假的RLF(false RLF),所述虚假的RLF为不满足终端设备进入RLF的信号条件的无线链路失败;或者,所述RLF为提前的RLF(early RLF),所述提前的RLF为所述终端设备在达到进入RLF的信号条件之前的无线链路失败。In an optional implementation manner, the RLF is false RLF (false RLF), and the false RLF is a radio link failure that does not meet the signal conditions for the terminal device to enter the RLF; or, the RLF is early RLF (early RLF), the early RLF is the radio link failure of the terminal device before reaching the signal condition for entering the RLF.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述终端设备在执行RRC连接重建流程之前,所述终端设备启动第一定时器。示例性的,所述第一定时器可以为定时器T311’。In an optional implementation manner, before the terminal device executes the RRC connection re-establishment procedure, the terminal device starts the first timer. Exemplarily, the first timer may be timer T311'.
在一种具体的实施方式中,所述终端设备执行RRC连接重建流程,具体过程可以为: 在所述第一定时器运行期间,所述终端设备进行小区测量和小区重选;若所述终端设备确定第一邻小区的信道状态参数的评估值满足特定条件(例如,所述第一邻小区的信道状态参数的评估值大于所述服务小区的信道状态参数的评估值),则向所述第一邻小区发起RRC连接重建流程;若直至所述第一定时器超时,所述终端设备确定没有一个邻小区的信道状态参数的评估值满足上述特定条件,则所述终端设备向所述服务小区进行同步;若所述终端设备能够同步上所述服务小区,则所述终端设备与所述服务小区继续进行通信;若所述终端设备不能同步上所述服务小区,则所述终端设备向所述服务小区发起RRC连接重建流程。In a specific implementation manner, the terminal device executes the RRC connection re-establishment process. The specific process may be: During the operation of the first timer, the terminal device performs cell measurement and cell reselection; if the terminal The device determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell satisfies a certain condition (for example, the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell is greater than the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell), and then The first neighboring cell initiates the RRC connection re-establishment process; if the terminal device determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of no neighboring cell satisfies the above-mentioned specific condition until the first timer expires, the terminal device sends the service to the service The cell is synchronized; if the terminal device can synchronize to the serving cell, the terminal device continues to communicate with the serving cell; if the terminal device cannot synchronize to the serving cell, the terminal device The serving cell initiates an RRC connection re-establishment procedure.
为方便描述,从所述终端设备进入虚假的RLF到所述终端设备确定没有一个邻小区的信道状态参数的评估值满足特定条件的流程可以记作流程c3。For the convenience of description, the process from the terminal device entering the false RLF to the terminal device determining that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of no neighboring cell satisfies a specific condition can be recorded as a process c3.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的所述信道状态参数的评估值的偏移量或所述终端设备预配置所述偏移量,所述终端设备确定所述第一邻小区的信道状态参数的评估值满足特定条件,具体可以为:所述终端设备确定所述第一邻小区的信道状态参数的评估值大于或等于所述服务小区的信道状态参数的评估值与所述偏移量的和。In an optional implementation manner, the terminal device receives the offset of the estimated value of the channel state parameter from the network device or the terminal device pre-configures the offset, the terminal device Determining that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell satisfies a specific condition may specifically be: the terminal device determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell is greater than or equal to the channel state of the serving cell The sum of the estimated value of the parameter and the offset.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的第二定时器时长或所述终端设备预配置所述第二定时器时长。其中,所述第二定时器用于控制虚假的RLF。In an optional implementation manner, the terminal device receives the second timer duration from the network device or the terminal device preconfigures the second timer duration. Wherein, the second timer is used to control false RLF.
在一种可选的实施方式中,当所述第一定时器超时或当所述终端设备确定没有一个邻小区的信道状态参数的评估值满足上述特定条件时,所述终端设备启动所述第二定时器;在所述第二定时器运行期间,所述终端设备禁止执行下一次RRC连接重建流程;当所述第二定时器超时时,所述终端设备可以执行下一次RRC连接重建流程。In an optional implementation manner, when the first timer expires or when the terminal device determines that no evaluation value of the channel state parameter of a neighboring cell satisfies the above-mentioned specific condition, the terminal device starts the first timer Two timers; during the operation of the second timer, the terminal device is prohibited from performing the next RRC connection re-establishment procedure; when the second timer expires, the terminal device can perform the next RRC connection re-establishment procedure.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述终端设备确定执行所述流程c3的次数;当所述次数等于M时,所述终端设备去激活所述第一门限值,或者,所述终端设备去激活所述第一门限值和所述第二门限值。其中,M为所述网络设备配置的正整数或所述终端设备预配置的正整数。In an optional implementation manner, the terminal device determines the number of times to execute the process c3; when the number of times is equal to M, the terminal device deactivates the first threshold value, or the terminal The device deactivates the first threshold value and the second threshold value. Wherein, M is a positive integer configured by the network device or a positive integer preconfigured by the terminal device.
在一种具体的实施方式中,所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示允许所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送所述信道状态信息。In a specific implementation manner, the network device sends second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device is allowed to send the channel state information to the network device.
采用本申请实施例提供的通信方法,通过终端设备向网络设备上报信道状态信息,可以使得网络设备获知终端设备提前进行邻区测量,避免网络设备盲目调度终端设备造成的资源浪费,同时,若所述终端设备提前进行邻区测量,终端设备可以获取候选重建小区的信道状态信息,以便于在RLF时快速进行重建,或者,以便于终端设备在服务小区的信道状态变差时提前进入RLF,进而及时发现更好的小区进行RRC重建。Using the communication method provided by the embodiments of the present application, the terminal device reports channel state information to the network device, so that the network device can learn that the terminal device performs the neighbor cell measurement in advance, avoiding the waste of resources caused by the network device blindly dispatching the terminal device. The terminal device performs neighbor cell measurement in advance, and the terminal device can obtain the channel state information of the candidate re-establishment cell to facilitate rapid re-establishment during RLF, or to facilitate the terminal device to enter the RLF in advance when the channel state of the serving cell deteriorates, and then Find a better cell in time for RRC reconstruction.
本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法,适用于图2所示的通信系统。参阅图4所示,该方法的具体流程可以包括:Another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application is applicable to the communication system shown in FIG. 2. Referring to Figure 4, the specific process of the method may include:
步骤401:网络设备确定第一门限值,所述第一门限值用于指示信道状态参数的门限。Step 401: The network device determines a first threshold value, where the first threshold value is used to indicate the threshold of the channel state parameter.
具体的,所述信道状态参数的含义可以参考步骤301中的相关说明,此处不再赘述。Specifically, for the meaning of the channel state parameter, reference may be made to the related description in step 301, which will not be repeated here.
具体的,若有至少两个信道状态参数时,则所述网络设备确定对应的至少两个第一门限值。Specifically, if there are at least two channel state parameters, the network device determines at least two corresponding first threshold values.
步骤402:所述网络设备向终端设备发送所述第一门限值。Step 402: The network device sends the first threshold value to a terminal device.
具体的,所述网络设备可以通过以下任一种消息向所述终端设备发送所述第一门限值: 系统消息、RRC连接建立(RRC connection setup)消息、RRC连接重配置(RRC connection reconfiguration)消息、RRC连接恢复(RRC connection resume)消息等。Specifically, the network device may send the first threshold value to the terminal device through any of the following messages: system message, RRC connection setup (RRC connection setup) message, RRC connection reconfiguration (RRC connection reconfiguration) Messages, RRC connection resume (RRC connection resume) messages, etc.
步骤403:所述终端设备确定服务小区的信道状态参数的评估值与所述第一门限值满足预设条件。Step 403: The terminal device determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell and the first threshold value satisfy a preset condition.
具体的,所述终端设备确定服务小区的信道状态参数的评估值与所述第一门限值满足预设条件,可参考步骤302中的相关描述,此处不再详细描述。Specifically, if the terminal device determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell and the first threshold value meet a preset condition, reference may be made to the related description in step 302, which will not be described in detail here.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送信道状态参数的第二门限值,或者,所述终端设备预配置有所述第二门限值。具体的,可参考步骤302中的相关描述,此处不再重复赘述。In an optional implementation manner, the network device sends the second threshold value of the channel state parameter to the terminal device, or the terminal device is pre-configured with the second threshold value. Specifically, please refer to the related description in step 302, which will not be repeated here.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送预设时长T或所述终端设备预配置有所述预设时长T,具体的,可参考步骤302中的相关描述,此处不再重复赘述。In an optional implementation manner, the network device sends a preset duration T to the terminal device or the terminal device is pre-configured with the preset duration T. For details, refer to the related description in step 302 , I won’t repeat it here.
步骤404:所述终端设备确定进入无线链路失败RLF。Step 404: The terminal device determines that it fails to enter the radio link RLF.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述终端设备在确定进入RLF后,执行无线资源控制RRC连接重建流程。In an optional implementation manner, after determining to enter the RLF, the terminal device executes a radio resource control RRC connection re-establishment procedure.
在一种可选的实施方式中,在所述终端设备确定进入无线链路失败RLF之前,所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送信道状态信息,具体的所述信道状态信息可以参考步骤303中的相关描述,此处不再详细描述。In an optional implementation manner, before the terminal device determines that the radio link fails to enter the RLF, the terminal device sends channel state information to the network device. For the specific channel state information, refer to step 303 The related description of, will not be described in detail here.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述终端设备在向所述网络设备发送信道状态信息之前,接收来自所述网络设备的第一能力指示信息,向所述网络设备发送第二能力指示信息,具体的可以参见上述实施例中步骤303中关于所述第一能力指示信息和所述第二能力指示信息的相关描述,此处不再详细描述。In an optional implementation manner, before sending the channel state information to the network device, the terminal device receives first capability indication information from the network device, and sends second capability indication information to the network device For details, reference may be made to the related description of the first capability indication information and the second capability indication information in step 303 in the foregoing embodiment, which will not be described in detail here.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备进入RLF。具体参考步骤303的相关描述。In an optional implementation manner, the terminal device receives first indication information from the network device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to enter the RLF. For details, refer to the related description of step 303.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述终端设备在执行RRC连接重建流程之前,所述终端设备启动第一定时器。示例性的,所述第一定时器可以为定时器T311’。In an optional implementation manner, before the terminal device executes the RRC connection re-establishment procedure, the terminal device starts the first timer. Exemplarily, the first timer may be timer T311'.
在一种具体的实施方式中,所述终端设备执行RRC连接重建流程,具体过程可以参考步骤303中的相关描述,此处不再重复赘述。In a specific implementation manner, the terminal device executes the RRC connection re-establishment process. For the specific process, reference may be made to the related description in step 303, which will not be repeated here.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的所述信道状态参数的评估值的偏移量或所述终端设备预配置所述偏移量。具体参考步骤303中的相关描述。In an optional implementation manner, the terminal device receives the offset of the estimated value of the channel state parameter from the network device or the terminal device pre-configures the offset. For details, refer to the related description in step 303.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述终端设备接收到来自所述网络设备的第二定时器时长或所述终端设备预配置所述第二定时器时长。其中,所述第二定时器用于控制虚假的RLF。In an optional implementation manner, the terminal device receives the second timer duration from the network device or the terminal device pre-configures the second timer duration. Wherein, the second timer is used to control false RLF.
针对所述第一定时器和所述第二定时器的描述具体参考步骤303中的相关描述,此处不再重复赘述。For the description of the first timer and the second timer, refer to the related description in step 303, and details are not repeated here.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述终端设备接收到来自所述网络设备配置的正整数M或所述终端设备预配置所述正整数M。所述终端设备确定执行步骤303中所述流程c3的次数,具体参考步骤303中的相关描述。In an optional implementation manner, the terminal device receives a positive integer M configured by the network device or the terminal device preconfigures the positive integer M. The terminal device determines the number of times to execute the process c3 in step 303. For details, refer to the related description in step 303.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送能力信息,所述能力信息用于指示以下至少一项:所述终端设备支持基于信道状态参数的第一门限值(和第二门限值)进行RRC连接重建、所述终端设备支持基于信道状态参数的第一门限值(和第二 门限值)进入RLF、所述终端设备支持移动性增强。In an optional implementation manner, the terminal device sends capability information to the network device, where the capability information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal device supports a first threshold value based on channel state parameters (And the second threshold) perform RRC connection re-establishment, the terminal device supports the first threshold (and the second threshold) based on the channel state parameter to enter the RLF, and the terminal device supports mobility enhancement.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:允许所述终端设备基于信道状态参数的第一门限值(和第二门限值)进行RRC连接重建、允许所述终端设备基于信道状态参数的第一门限值(和第二门限值)进入RLF、允许所述终端设备执行移动性增强。In an optional implementation manner, the terminal device receives third indication information from the network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: allowing the terminal device to perform the operation based on the channel state parameter The first threshold value (and the second threshold value) performs RRC connection reestablishment, the terminal device is allowed to enter the RLF based on the first threshold value (and the second threshold value) of the channel state parameter, and the terminal device is allowed to perform Increased mobility.
采用本申请实施例提供的通信方法,通过配置信道状参数态的门限值和终端设备监测服务小区的信道状态参数,终端设备可以在服务小区的信道状态参数值变差时提前进入RLF,进而发现更好的小区进行RRC连接重建。Using the communication method provided by the embodiments of the present application, by configuring the threshold value of the channel state parameter state and the terminal device monitoring the channel state parameter of the serving cell, the terminal device can enter the RLF in advance when the channel state parameter value of the serving cell deteriorates, and then Find a better cell for RRC connection re-establishment.
基于以上实施例,本申请实施例还提供了一种通信装置,参阅图5所示,通信装置500可以包括收发单元501和处理单元502。其中,所述收发单元501用于所述通信装置500接收信息(消息或数据)或发送信息(消息或数据),所述处理单元502用于对所述通信装置500的动作进行控制管理。所述处理单元502还可以控制所述收发单元501执行的步骤。Based on the above embodiments, an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device. As shown in FIG. 5, the communication device 500 may include a transceiver unit 501 and a processing unit 502. Wherein, the transceiving unit 501 is used for the communication device 500 to receive information (message or data) or to send information (message or data), and the processing unit 502 is used to control and manage the actions of the communication device 500. The processing unit 502 may also control the steps performed by the transceiver unit 501.
示例性的,该通信装置500可以是上述实施例中的终端设备,具体可以是所述终端设备中的处理器,或者芯片或者芯片系统,或者是一个功能模块等;或者,该通信装置500可以是上述实施例中的网络设备,具体可以是所述网络设备的处理器,或者芯片或者芯片系统,或者是一个功能模块等。Exemplarily, the communication device 500 may be the terminal device in the above-mentioned embodiment, specifically may be a processor, or a chip or a chip system in the terminal device, or a functional module, etc.; or, the communication device 500 may be It is the network device in the foregoing embodiment, which may specifically be a processor, or a chip or a chip system, or a functional module of the network device.
在一个实施例中,所述通信装置500用于实现上述图3所述的实施例中终端设备的功能时,具体可以包括:In an embodiment, when the communication device 500 is used to implement the function of the terminal device in the embodiment described in FIG. 3, it may specifically include:
所述处理单元502用于确定服务小区的信道状态参数的评估值,以及确定所述信道状态参数的评估值满足预设条件;所述收发单元501用于向网络设备发送信道状态信息,所述信道状态信息用于指示以下至少一项:信道状态变差、即将进入RLF、需要进行邻区测量。The processing unit 502 is used to determine the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell, and to determine that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter satisfies a preset condition; the transceiving unit 501 is used to send channel state information to the network device, the The channel state information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the channel state is getting worse, the RLF is about to enter, and the neighbor cell measurement needs to be performed.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述收发单元501还用于接收来自网络设备的第一能力指示信息,所述第一能力指示信息用于指示所述网络设备支持接收信道状态信息,或者用于指示终端设备上报信道状态信息,或者用于通知终端设备:所述网络设备支持根据信道状态信息来确定终端设备的信道状态。In an optional implementation manner, the transceiving unit 501 is further configured to receive first capability indication information from a network device, where the first capability indication information is used to indicate that the network device supports receiving channel state information, or It is used to instruct the terminal device to report channel state information, or to notify the terminal device that the network device supports determining the channel state of the terminal device according to the channel state information.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述收发单元501还用于向所述网络设备发送第二能力指示信息,所述第二能力指示信息用于指示所述终端设备支持上报信道状态信息。In an optional implementation manner, the transceiving unit 501 is further configured to send second capability indication information to the network device, where the second capability indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports reporting channel state information.
在一个可能的示例中,所述信道状态信息是通过信道质量报告的MAC CE发送的,所述信道质量报告的MAC CE中的质量报告字段用于指示所述信道状态信息;或者,所述信道状态信息是通过BSR的MAC CE发送的,所述BSR的MAC CE中的字段满足以下一项时用于指示所述信道状态信息:缓存数据尺寸为特定值、逻辑信道组标识LCG ID为特定值、LCG ID为特定值且缓存数据尺寸为特定值;或者,所述信道状态信息是通过MAC PDU子头发送的。In a possible example, the channel state information is sent through the MAC CE of the channel quality report, and the quality report field in the MAC CE of the channel quality report is used to indicate the channel state information; or, the channel The status information is sent through the MAC CE of the BSR, and the field in the MAC CE of the BSR is used to indicate the channel status information when the following one is satisfied: the buffer data size is a specific value, and the logical channel group identifier LCG ID is a specific value , LCG ID is a specific value and the buffered data size is a specific value; or, the channel state information is sent through the MAC PDU subheader.
在一个可选的实施例中,当所述终端设备未配置释放辅助信息激活指示时,通过所述BSR MAC CE中的缓存数据尺寸为特定值0来指示所述信道状态信息;或者,所述收发单元501还用于接收来自所述网络设备的信道状态信息上报激活指示,所述信道状态信息上报激活指示用于指示所述终端设备上报所述信道状态信息;当所述收发单元501接收到所述信道状态信息上报激活指示时,通过所述BSR MAC CE中的缓存数据尺寸为特定值0 来指示所述信道状态信息。In an optional embodiment, when the terminal device is not configured to release the auxiliary information activation indication, the buffer data size in the BSR MAC CE is a specific value of 0 to indicate the channel state information; or The transceiving unit 501 is further configured to receive a channel state information reporting activation instruction from the network device, and the channel state information reporting activation instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to report the channel state information; when the transceiver unit 501 receives When the channel state information reports the activation indication, the channel state information is indicated by using the buffer data size in the BSR MAC CE to be a specific value of 0.
具体的,所述处理单元502还用于进行邻区测量。Specifically, the processing unit 502 is also used to perform neighbor cell measurement.
在一个可能的设计中,所述收发单元501还用于接收来自所述网络设备的邻区测量指示,所述邻区测量指示用于指示所述终端设备进行邻区测量。In a possible design, the transceiver unit 501 is further configured to receive a neighbor cell measurement instruction from the network device, and the neighbor cell measurement instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to perform neighbor cell measurement.
示例性的,所述邻区测量指示还用于指示所述终端设备在非连续接收DRX的非激活时间内进行邻区测量。Exemplarily, the neighbor cell measurement indication is also used to instruct the terminal device to perform neighbor cell measurement during the inactive time of discontinuous reception of DRX.
在一种可选的方式中,所述收发单元501还用于接收来自所述网络设备的第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示以下至少一项:所述网络设备支持移动性增强、所述网络设备允许所述终端设备在RRC连接态进行邻区测量、所述网络设备允许所述终端设备在RRC连接态进行同频测量、所述网络设备允许所述终端设备在RRC连接态进行异频测量、所述网络设备允许所述终端设备在非连续接收DRX的非激活时间进行测量。In an optional manner, the transceiving unit 501 is further configured to receive first information from the network device, where the first information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the network device supports mobility enhancement, The network device allows the terminal device to perform neighbor cell measurements in the RRC connected state, the network device allows the terminal device to perform intra-frequency measurements in the RRC connected state, and the network device allows the terminal device to perform measurements in the RRC connected state. Inter-frequency measurement, the network device allows the terminal device to perform measurement during the inactive time of discontinuous reception of DRX.
相应地,所述收发单元501还用于向所述网络设备发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示以下至少一项:所述终端设备支持移动性增强、所述终端设备支持在RRC连接态进行邻区测量、所述终端设备支持在RRC连接态进行同频测量、所述终端设备支持在RRC连接态进行异频测量、所述终端设备支持在DRX的非激活时间进行测量或DRX偏好指示;所述DRX偏好指示用于指示所述终端设备偏好的DRX周期,且所述DRX周期用于邻区测量。Correspondingly, the transceiving unit 501 is further configured to send second information to the network device, where the second information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal device supports mobility enhancement, and the terminal device supports RRC Connected state for neighbor cell measurement, the terminal device supports co-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state, the terminal device supports inter-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state, and the terminal device supports measurement or DRX in the inactive time of DRX Preference indication; the DRX preference indication is used to indicate the DRX cycle preferred by the terminal device, and the DRX cycle is used for neighbor cell measurement.
在一个可能的示例中,所述收发单元501还用于接收来自所述网络设备的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备进入RLF;所述处理单元502还用于确定进入无线链路失败RLF,执行无线资源控制RRC连接重建流程。In a possible example, the transceiving unit 501 is further configured to receive first indication information from the network device, and the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to enter the RLF; the processing unit 502 also uses When it is determined that the RLF has failed to enter the radio link, the radio resource control RRC connection re-establishment procedure is executed.
示例性的,所述RLF为虚假的RLF,所述虚假的RLF为不满足终端设备进入RLF的信号条件的无线链路失败;或者,所述RLF为提前的RLF,所述提前的RLF为所述终端设备在达到进入RLF的信号条件之前的无线链路失败。Exemplarily, the RLF is a false RLF, and the false RLF is a radio link failure that does not meet the signal conditions for a terminal device to enter the RLF; or, the RLF is an advanced RLF, and the advanced RLF is The wireless link of the terminal device fails before reaching the signal condition for entering the RLF.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述处理单元502在执行RRC连接重建流程之前,还用于启动第一定时器。In an optional implementation manner, the processing unit 502 is further configured to start the first timer before executing the RRC connection re-establishment procedure.
在一个具体的实施方式中,所述处理单元502执行RRC连接重建流程时,具体用于:在所述第一定时器运行期间,进行小区测量和所述小区重选;若确定第一邻小区的信道状态参数的评估值满足特定条件(例如,所述第一邻小区的信道状态参数的评估值大于所述服务小区的信道状态参数的评估值),则控制所述收发单元501向所述第一邻小区发起无线资源控制RRC连接重建流程;若直至所述第一定时器超时,确定没有一个邻小区的信道状态参数的评估值满足上述特定条件,则向所述服务小区进行同步,若能够同步上所述服务小区,则控制所述收发单元501与所述服务小区继续进行通信,若不能同步上所述服务小区,则控制所述收发单元501向所述服务小区发起RRC连接重建流程。In a specific implementation manner, when the processing unit 502 executes the RRC connection re-establishment procedure, it is specifically configured to: perform cell measurement and cell reselection during the operation of the first timer; if the first neighboring cell is determined The estimated value of the channel state parameter meets a specific condition (for example, the estimated value of the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell is greater than the estimated value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell), then the transceiver unit 501 is controlled to report to the The first neighboring cell initiates the radio resource control RRC connection re-establishment process; if it is determined that the estimated value of the channel state parameter of no neighboring cell meets the above-mentioned specific condition until the first timer expires, synchronization is performed to the serving cell, if If the serving cell can be synchronized, the transceiver unit 501 is controlled to continue to communicate with the serving cell. If the serving cell cannot be synchronized, the transceiver unit 501 is controlled to initiate an RRC connection re-establishment procedure to the serving cell. .
在一个可能的实施例中,所述收发单元501还用于从所述网络设备接收所述信道状态参数的评估值的偏移量。In a possible embodiment, the transceiving unit 501 is further configured to receive the offset of the evaluation value of the channel state parameter from the network device.
具体的,所述处理单元502在确定所述第一邻小区的信道状态参数的评估值满足特定条件时,具体用于:确定所述第一邻小区的信道状态参数的评估值大于或等于所述服务小区的信道状态参数的评估值与所述偏移量的和。Specifically, when the processing unit 502 determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell satisfies a specific condition, it is specifically configured to: determine that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell is greater than or equal to the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell. The sum of the estimated value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell and the offset.
在一个可选的设计中,所述收发单元501还用于从所述网络设备接收第二定时器时长。In an optional design, the transceiver unit 501 is further configured to receive a second timer duration from the network device.
在一个具体的设计中,所述处理单元502还用于:当所述第一定时器超时或当确定没 有一个邻小区的信道状态参数的评估值满足所述特定条件时,启动所述第二定时器;在所述第二定时器运行期间,禁止执行下一次RRC连接重建流程;当所述第二定时器超时时,可以执行下一次RRC连接重建流程。In a specific design, the processing unit 502 is further configured to: start the second Timer; during the running of the second timer, the next RRC connection re-establishment procedure is prohibited; when the second timer expires, the next RRC connection re-establishment procedure can be performed.
在一个示例性的设计中,所述收发单元501还用于从所述网络设备接收预设正整数M。In an exemplary design, the transceiver unit 501 is further configured to receive a preset positive integer M from the network device.
在一个可能的设计中,所述处理单元502还用于:确定执行第一流程的次数,所述第一流程为从所述终端设备进入虚假的RLF到所述终端设备确定没有一个邻小区的信道状态参数的评估值满足特定条件的流程;当所述次数等于所述M时,去激活第一门限值,或者,去激活所述第一门限值和所述第二门限值。In a possible design, the processing unit 502 is further configured to: determine the number of times to execute the first process, the first process is from the terminal device entering a false RLF to the terminal device determining that there is no neighboring cell A process in which the evaluation value of the channel state parameter satisfies a specific condition; when the number of times is equal to the M, the first threshold value is deactivated, or the first threshold value and the second threshold value are deactivated.
在一个可能的设计中,所述收发单元501还用于接收来自所述网络设备的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示允许所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送信所述道状态信息。In a possible design, the transceiving unit 501 is further configured to receive second indication information from the network device, and the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device is allowed to send a message to the network device. Road status information.
具体的,所述信道状态参数包括以下至少一个:参考信号接收功率RSRP、参考信号接收质量RSRQ、信号与干扰加噪声比SINR、信噪比SNR、成功接收重复次数、重复发送次数、覆盖增强等级、发射功率、下行无线链路误块率、以特定误块率可靠接收假设的PDCCH的链路水平。Specifically, the channel state parameters include at least one of the following: reference signal received power RSRP, reference signal received quality RSRQ, signal-to-interference plus noise ratio SINR, signal-to-noise ratio SNR, number of successful reception repetitions, number of retransmissions, coverage enhancement level , Transmitting power, downlink block error rate, the link level for reliable reception of the hypothetical PDCCH with a specific block error rate.
在一个可选的实施方式中,所述处理单元502在确定所述信道状态参数的评估值满足预设条件时,具体用于:确定所述信道状态参数的评估值小于第一门限值,其中,所述第一门限值可以是所述网络设备预先配置给所述终端设备的,或者是所述网络设备发送给所述终端设备的,或者是预配置于所述终端设备的。In an optional implementation manner, when the processing unit 502 determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter satisfies a preset condition, it is specifically configured to: determine that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than a first threshold; The first threshold value may be pre-configured by the network device to the terminal device, or sent by the network device to the terminal device, or pre-configured in the terminal device.
具体的,当信道状态参数为K个时,所述处理单元502确定所述信道状态参数的评估值小于所述第一门限值时,具体用于:确定K个信道状态参数中的N个信道状态参数的评估值小于对应信道状态参数的第一门限值,N为小于K的正整数,其中K为大于或等于2的整数。Specifically, when there are K channel state parameters, when the processing unit 502 determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than the first threshold, it is specifically configured to: determine N of the K channel state parameters The estimated value of the channel state parameter is less than the first threshold value of the corresponding channel state parameter, N is a positive integer less than K, where K is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
在一个可能的设计中,所述收发单元501还用于接收来自所述网络设备的信道状态参数的第二门限值。In a possible design, the transceiver unit 501 is further configured to receive the second threshold value of the channel state parameter from the network device.
在一个示例中,所述处理单元502还用于确定所述信道状态参数的评估值的变化量大于或等于所述第二门限值。In an example, the processing unit 502 is further configured to determine that the amount of change in the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is greater than or equal to the second threshold value.
具体的,所述评估值的参考值可以为第一事件发生时的信道状态参数的评估值,其中,所述第一事件可以为以下至少一项:确定所述信道状态参数的评估值小于所述第一门限值、确定所述信道状态参数的评估值小于所述第一门限值持续第一时长、或者确定所述信道状态参数的评估值大于所述第一门限值持续第一时长。Specifically, the reference value of the evaluation value may be the evaluation value of the channel state parameter when the first event occurs, where the first event may be at least one of the following: it is determined that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than the The first threshold value, it is determined that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than the first threshold value for a first period of time, or it is determined that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is greater than the first threshold value for the first time period. duration.
在一个示例中,所述收发单元501还用于从所述网络设备接收预设时长T。In an example, the transceiving unit 501 is further configured to receive a preset duration T from the network device.
在一个可能的设计中,所述处理单元502在确定所述信道状态参数的评估值小于所述第一门限值时,具体用于:确定所述信道状态参数的评估值小于所述第一门限值持续所述预设时长T。In a possible design, when the processing unit 502 determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than the first threshold, it is specifically configured to: determine that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than the first threshold. The threshold value lasts for the preset duration T.
在一个可选的实施方式中,所述处理单元502在确定信道状态参数的评估值的变化量大于或等于所述第二门限值时,具体用于:确定所述信道状态参数的评估值的变化量大于或等于所述第二门限值持续所述预设时长T。In an optional implementation manner, when the processing unit 502 determines that the variation of the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is greater than or equal to the second threshold value, it is specifically configured to: determine the evaluation value of the channel state parameter The amount of change is greater than or equal to the second threshold for the preset duration T.
在另一个实施例中,所述通信装置500用于实现上述图3所述的实施例中网络设备的功能时,具体可以包括:In another embodiment, when the communication device 500 is used to implement the function of the network device in the embodiment described in FIG. 3, it may specifically include:
所述收发单元501用于向终端设备发送第一能力指示信息,所述第一能力指示信息用 于指示所述网络设备支持接收信道状态信息,以及接收来自终端设备的信道状态信息,所述信道状态信息用于指示以下至少一项:信道状态变差、即将进入RLF、需要进行邻区测量;所述处理单元502用于控制所述收发单元501收发数据。The transceiving unit 501 is configured to send first capability indication information to a terminal device, and the first capability indication information is used to indicate that the network device supports receiving channel state information and receives channel state information from the terminal device. The status information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the channel status is getting worse, the RLF is about to enter, and the neighbor cell measurement needs to be performed; the processing unit 502 is used to control the transceiver unit 501 to send and receive data.
在一个可能的方式中,所述收发单元501还用于接收来自所述终端设备的第二能力指示信息,所述第二能力指示信息用于指示所述终端设备支持上报信道状态信息。In a possible manner, the transceiving unit 501 is further configured to receive second capability indication information from the terminal device, where the second capability indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports reporting channel state information.
在一个示例中,所述信道状态信息是通过信道质量报告的媒体接入控制层控制单元MAC CE接收的,所述信道质量报告的MAC CE中的质量报告字段用于指示所述信道状态信息;或者,所述信道状态信息是通过缓存状态报告BSR的MAC CE接收的,所述BSR的MAC CE中的字段满足以下一项时用于指示所述信道状态信息:缓存数据尺寸为特定值、逻辑信道组标识LCG ID为特定值、LCG ID为特定值且缓存数据尺寸为特定值;或者,所述信道状态信息是通过MAC PDU子头接收的。In an example, the channel state information is received through the MAC CE of the media access control layer control unit of the channel quality report, and the quality report field in the MAC CE of the channel quality report is used to indicate the channel state information; Alternatively, the channel state information is received through the MAC CE of the BSR of the BSR, and the field in the MAC CE of the BSR is used to indicate the channel state information when the MAC CE of the BSR satisfies one of the following items: the buffer data size is a specific value, logical The channel group identifier LCG ID is a specific value, the LCG ID is a specific value, and the buffer data size is a specific value; or, the channel state information is received through the MAC PDU subheader.
可选的,当所述终端设备未配置释放辅助信息激活指示时,通过所述BSR MAC CE中的缓存数据尺寸为特定值0来指示所述信道状态信息;或者,所述收发单元501还用于向所述终端设备发送信道状态信息上报激活指示,所述信道状态信息上报激活指示用于指示所述终端设备上报所述信道状态信息;当所述收发单元501发送了所述信道状态信息上报激活指示时,通过所述BSR MAC CE中的缓存数据尺寸为特定值0来指示所述信道状态信息。Optionally, when the terminal device is not configured to release the auxiliary information activation indication, the buffered data size in the BSR MAC CE is a specific value of 0 to indicate the channel state information; or, the transceiver unit 501 also uses When sending the channel state information report activation instruction to the terminal device, the channel state information report activation instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to report the channel state information; when the transceiver unit 501 sends the channel state information report When the activation instruction is activated, the channel state information is indicated by using the buffer data size in the BSR MAC CE to be a specific value of 0.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述收发单元501还用于向所述终端设备发送邻区测量指示,所述邻区测量指示用于指示所述终端设备进行邻区测量。In an optional implementation manner, the transceiving unit 501 is further configured to send a neighboring cell measurement instruction to the terminal device, and the neighboring cell measurement instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to perform neighboring cell measurement.
具体的,所述邻区测量指示还用于指示所述终端设备在非连续接收DRX的非激活时间内进行邻区测量。Specifically, the neighbor cell measurement instruction is also used to instruct the terminal device to perform neighbor cell measurement during the inactive time of discontinuous reception of DRX.
一种示例中,所述收发单元501还用于向所述终端设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示以下至少一项:所述网络设备支持移动性增强、所述网络设备允许所述终端设备在RRC连接态进行邻区测量、所述网络设备允许所述终端设备在RRC连接态进行同频测量、所述网络设备允许所述终端设备在RRC连接态进行异频测量、所述网络设备允许所述终端设备在非连续接收DRX的非激活时间进行测量。In an example, the transceiver unit 501 is further configured to send first information to the terminal device, where the first information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the network device supports mobility enhancement, and the network device allows The terminal device performs neighbor cell measurement in the RRC connected state, the network device allows the terminal device to perform co-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state, and the network device allows the terminal device to perform inter-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state. The network device allows the terminal device to perform measurement during the inactive time of discontinuous reception of DRX.
在一个可能的设计中,所述收发单元501还用于接收来自所述终端设备的第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示以下至少一项:所述终端设备支持移动性增强、所述终端设备支持在RRC连接态进行邻区测量、所述终端设备支持在RRC连接态进行同频测量、所述终端设备支持在RRC连接态进行异频测量、所述终端设备支持在DRX的非激活时间进行测量或DRX偏好指示;所述DRX偏好指示用于指示所述终端设备偏好的DRX周期,且所述DRX周期用于邻区测量。In a possible design, the transceiving unit 501 is further configured to receive second information from the terminal device, and the second information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal device supports mobility enhancement, the The terminal device supports neighbor cell measurement in the RRC connected state, the terminal device supports co-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state, the terminal device supports inter-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state, and the terminal device supports inactive DRX Time measurement or DRX preference indication; the DRX preference indication is used to indicate the DRX cycle preferred by the terminal device, and the DRX cycle is used for neighbor cell measurement.
可选的,所述收发单元501还用于向所述终端设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备进入RLF。Optionally, the transceiving unit 501 is further configured to send first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to enter the RLF.
示例性的,所述RLF为虚假的RLF,所述虚假的RLF为不满足终端设备进入RLF的信号条件的无线链路失败;或者,所述RLF为提前的RLF,所述提前的RLF为所述终端设备在达到进入RLF的信号条件之前的无线链路失败。Exemplarily, the RLF is a false RLF, and the false RLF is a radio link failure that does not meet the signal conditions for a terminal device to enter the RLF; or, the RLF is an advanced RLF, and the advanced RLF is The wireless link of the terminal device fails before reaching the signal condition for entering the RLF.
一个实施方式中,所述收发单元501还用于向所述终端设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示允许所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送信道状态信息。In an embodiment, the transceiver unit 501 is further configured to send second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device is allowed to send channel state information to the network device.
具体的,所述信道状态参数包括以下至少一个:参考信号接收功率RSRP、参考信号 接收质量RSRQ、信号与干扰加噪声比SINR、信噪比SNR、成功接收重复次数、重复发送次数、覆盖增强等级、发射功率、下行无线链路误块率、以特定误块率可靠接收假设的PDCCH的链路水平。Specifically, the channel state parameters include at least one of the following: reference signal received power RSRP, reference signal received quality RSRQ, signal-to-interference plus noise ratio SINR, signal-to-noise ratio SNR, number of successful reception repetitions, number of retransmissions, coverage enhancement level , Transmitting power, downlink block error rate, the link level for reliable reception of the hypothetical PDCCH with a specific block error rate.
一种示例中,所述收发单元501还用于向所述终端设备发送所述信道状态参数的评估值的偏移量。In an example, the transceiver unit 501 is further configured to send the offset of the evaluation value of the channel state parameter to the terminal device.
另一种示例中,所述收发单元501还用于向所述终端设备发送第二定时器时长。In another example, the transceiver unit 501 is further configured to send the second timer duration to the terminal device.
又一种示例中,所述收发单元501还用于向所述终端设备发送预设正整数M。In another example, the transceiver unit 501 is further configured to send a preset positive integer M to the terminal device.
再一种示例中,所述收发单元501还用于向所述终端设备发送信道状态参数的第二门限值。In another example, the transceiver unit 501 is further configured to send the second threshold value of the channel state parameter to the terminal device.
又一种示例中,所述收发单元501还用于向所述终端设备发送预设时长T。In another example, the transceiver unit 501 is further configured to send a preset duration T to the terminal device.
在另一个实施例中,所述通信装置500用于实现上述图4所述的实施例中终端设备的功能时,具体可以包括:In another embodiment, when the communication device 500 is used to implement the function of the terminal device in the embodiment described in FIG. 4, it may specifically include:
所述收发单元501用于接收来自网络设备的第一门限值,所述第一门限值用于指示信道状态参数的门限;所述处理单元502用于确定服务小区的信道状态参数的评估值与所述第一门限值满足预设条件;以及确定进入无线链路失败RLF。The transceiver unit 501 is configured to receive a first threshold value from a network device, where the first threshold value is used to indicate the threshold of a channel state parameter; the processing unit 502 is configured to determine the evaluation of the channel state parameter of the serving cell The value and the first threshold value meet a preset condition; and it is determined that entering the radio link fails RLF.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述处理单元502还用于执行无线资源控制RRC连接重建流程。In an optional implementation manner, the processing unit 502 is further configured to perform a radio resource control RRC connection re-establishment procedure.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述信道状态参数包括以下至少一个:参考信号接收功率RSRP、参考信号接收质量RSRQ、信号与干扰加噪声比SINR、信噪比SNR、成功接收重复次数、重复发送次数、覆盖增强等级、发射功率、下行无线链路误块率、以特定误块率可靠接收假设的PDCCH的链路水平。In an optional implementation manner, the channel state parameters include at least one of the following: reference signal received power RSRP, reference signal received quality RSRQ, signal to interference plus noise ratio SINR, signal to noise ratio SNR, number of successful reception repetitions, The number of repeated transmissions, the coverage enhancement level, the transmission power, the downlink radio link block error rate, and the link level at which the hypothetical PDCCH can be reliably received with a specific block error rate.
可选的,所述处理单元502在确定所述服务小区的信道状态参数的评估值与所述第一门限值满足预设条件时,具体用于:确定所述服务小区的信道状态参数的评估值小于所述第一门限值。Optionally, when the processing unit 502 determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell and the first threshold meet a preset condition, it is specifically configured to: determine the channel state parameter of the serving cell The evaluation value is less than the first threshold value.
示例性的,当信道状态参数为K个时,所述处理单元502确定所述服务小区的信道状态参数的评估值小于所述第一门限值时,具体用于:确定K个信道状态参数中N个信道状态参数的评估值小于对应信道状态参数的第一门限值,N为小于K的正整数,其中K为大于或等于2的整数。Exemplarily, when there are K channel state parameters, when the processing unit 502 determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameters of the serving cell is less than the first threshold, it is specifically used to: determine K channel state parameters Among the N channel state parameters, the evaluation value is less than the first threshold value of the corresponding channel state parameter, N is a positive integer less than K, where K is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
在一个可能的设计中,所述收发单元501还用于接收来自所述网络设备的信道状态参数的第二门限值。In a possible design, the transceiver unit 501 is further configured to receive the second threshold value of the channel state parameter from the network device.
具体的,所述处理单元502还用于确定所述信道状态参数的评估值的变化量大于或等于所述第二门限值;其中所述变化量可以为所述评估值的参考值与所述评估值的当前值的差值,或者,所述变化量可以为所述评估值的当前值与所述评估值的参考值的差值。Specifically, the processing unit 502 is further configured to determine that the variation of the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is greater than or equal to the second threshold; wherein the variation may be the reference value of the evaluation value and the The difference between the current value of the evaluation value, or the amount of change may be the difference between the current value of the evaluation value and the reference value of the evaluation value.
一个示例中,所述评估值的参考值可以为第一事件发生时的信道状态参数的评估值,其中,所述第一事件可以为以下至少一项:确定所述信道状态参数的评估值小于所述第一门限值、确定所述信道状态参数的评估值小于所述第一门限值持续第一时长、或者确定所述信道状态参数的评估值大于所述第一门限值持续第一时长。In an example, the reference value of the evaluation value may be the evaluation value of the channel state parameter when the first event occurs, where the first event may be at least one of the following: it is determined that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than The first threshold value, determining that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than the first threshold value for a first time period, or determining that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is greater than the first threshold value for the first time period For a long time.
在一个可能的实施方式中,所述收发单元501还用于从所述网络设备接收预设时长T。In a possible implementation manner, the transceiving unit 501 is further configured to receive a preset duration T from the network device.
具体的,所述处理单元502确定所述服务小区的信道状态参数的评估值小于所述第一门限值时,具体用于:确定所述服务小区的信道状态参数的评估值小于所述第一门限值持 续所述预设时长T。Specifically, when the processing unit 502 determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell is less than the first threshold value, it is specifically configured to: determine that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell is less than the first threshold. A threshold value lasts for the preset time period T.
在一个可能的设计中,所述处理单元502确定信道状态参数的评估值的变化量大于或等于所述第二门限值时,具体用于:确定信道状态参数的评估值的变化量大于或等于所述第二门限值持续所述预设时长T。In a possible design, when the processing unit 502 determines that the variation of the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is greater than or equal to the second threshold value, it is specifically configured to: determine that the variation of the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is greater than or It is equal to the second threshold and lasts for the preset time period T.
示例性的,所述收发单元501还用于向所述网络设备发送信道状态信息,所述信道状态信息用于指示以下至少一项:信道状态变差、即将进入RLF、需要进行邻区测量;以及接收来自所述网络设备的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备进入RLF。Exemplarily, the transceiving unit 501 is further configured to send channel state information to the network device, where the channel state information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the channel state is getting worse, the RLF is about to enter, and the neighbor cell measurement needs to be performed; And receiving first indication information from the network device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to enter the RLF.
在一个可能的实施方式中,所述收发单元501还用于接收来自网络设备的第一能力指示信息,所述第一能力指示信息用于指示所述网络设备支持接收信道状态信息,或者用于指示终端设备上报信道状态信息,或者用于通知终端设备:所述网络设备支持根据信道状态信息来确定终端设备的信道状态。In a possible implementation manner, the transceiving unit 501 is further configured to receive first capability indication information from a network device, where the first capability indication information is used to indicate that the network device supports receiving channel state information, or is used to Instructs the terminal device to report channel state information, or is used to notify the terminal device that the network device supports determining the channel state of the terminal device according to the channel state information.
在一个可能的设计中,所述收发单元501还用于向所述网络设备发送第二能力指示信息,所述第二能力指示信息用于指示所述终端设备支持上报信道状态信息。In a possible design, the transceiver unit 501 is further configured to send second capability indication information to the network device, where the second capability indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports reporting channel state information.
具体的,所述RLF为虚假的RLF,所述虚假的RLF为不满足终端设备进入RLF的信号条件的无线链路失败;或者,所述RLF为提前的RLF,所述提前的RLF为所述终端设备在达到进入RLF的信号条件之前的无线链路失败。Specifically, the RLF is a false RLF, and the false RLF is a radio link failure that does not meet the signal conditions for a terminal device to enter the RLF; or, the RLF is an advanced RLF, and the advanced RLF is the The wireless link of the terminal device before it reaches the signal condition to enter the RLF fails.
示例性的,所述收发单元501还用于向所述网络设备发送能力信息,所述能力信息用于指示以下至少一项:所述终端设备支持基于信道状态参数的第一门限值(和第二门限值)进行RRC连接重建、所述终端设备支持基于信道状态参数的第一门限值(和第二门限值)进入RLF、所述终端设备支持移动性增强。Exemplarily, the transceiver unit 501 is further configured to send capability information to the network device, where the capability information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal device supports a first threshold value based on channel state parameters (and The second threshold value) performs RRC connection re-establishment, the terminal device supports the first threshold value (and the second threshold value) based on the channel state parameter to enter the RLF, and the terminal device supports mobility enhancement.
具体的,所述收发单元501还用于接收来自所述网络设备的第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:允许所述终端设备基于信道状态参数的第一门限值(和第二门限值)进行RRC连接重建、允许所述终端设备基于信道状态参数的第一门限值(和第二门限值)进入RLF、允许所述终端设备执行移动性增强。Specifically, the transceiving unit 501 is further configured to receive third indication information from the network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: allowing the terminal device to be based on the first gate of the channel state parameter Limit value (and second threshold value) for RRC connection reconstruction, allow the terminal device to enter RLF based on the first threshold value (and second threshold value) of the channel state parameter, and allow the terminal device to perform mobility enhancement .
一种示例中,所述处理单元502在执行RRC连接重建流程之前,还用于启动第一定时器。In an example, the processing unit 502 is also used to start the first timer before performing the RRC connection re-establishment procedure.
具体的,所述处理单元502在执行RRC连接重建流程时,具体用于:在所述第一定时器运行期间,进行小区测量和所述小区重选;若所确定第一邻小区的信道状态参数的评估值满足特定条件(例如,所述第一邻小区的信道状态参数的评估值大于所述服务小区的信道状态参数的评估值),则控制所述收发单元501向所述第一邻小区发起无线资源控制RRC连接重建流程;若直至所述第一定时器超时,确定没有一个邻小区的信道状态参数的评估值满足上述特定条件,则向所述服务小区进行同步检测;若能够同步上所述服务小区,则控制所述收发单元501与所述服务小区继续进行通信,若不能同步上所述服务小区,则控制所述收发单元501向所述服务小区发起RRC连接重建流程。Specifically, when the processing unit 502 is performing the RRC connection re-establishment procedure, it is specifically configured to: perform cell measurement and cell reselection during the operation of the first timer; if the channel state of the first neighboring cell is determined The evaluation value of the parameter satisfies a specific condition (for example, the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell is greater than the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell), then the transceiver unit 501 is controlled to report the channel state parameter to the first neighboring cell. The cell initiates the radio resource control RRC connection re-establishment process; if it is determined that the estimated value of the channel state parameter of no neighboring cell meets the above-mentioned specific condition until the first timer expires, synchronization detection is performed to the serving cell; if synchronization is possible For the above serving cell, the transceiver unit 501 is controlled to continue to communicate with the serving cell, and if the serving cell cannot be synchronized, the transceiver unit 501 is controlled to initiate an RRC connection re-establishment process to the serving cell.
在一个可能的设计中,所述收发单元501还用于从所述网络设备接收所述信道状态参数的评估值的偏移量。In a possible design, the transceiver unit 501 is further configured to receive the offset of the evaluation value of the channel state parameter from the network device.
具体的,所述处理单元502在确定所述第一邻小区的信道状态参数的评估值满足特定条件时,具体用于:确定所述第一邻小区的信道状态参数的评估值大于或等于所述服务小区的信道状态参数的评估值与所述偏移量的和。Specifically, when the processing unit 502 determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell satisfies a specific condition, it is specifically configured to: determine that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell is greater than or equal to the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell. The sum of the estimated value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell and the offset.
在一个可能的方式中,所述收发单元501还用于从所述网络设备接收第二定时器时长。In a possible manner, the transceiver unit 501 is further configured to receive a second timer duration from the network device.
示例性的,所述处理单元502还用于:当所述第一定时器超时或当确定没有一个邻小区的信道状态参数的评估值满足所述特定条件时,启动所述第二定时器;在所述第二定时器运行期间,禁止执行下一次RRC连接重建流程;当所述第二定时器超时时,可以执行下一次RRC连接重建流程。Exemplarily, the processing unit 502 is further configured to: start the second timer when the first timer expires or when it is determined that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of no neighboring cell meets the specific condition; During the operation of the second timer, execution of the next RRC connection re-establishment procedure is prohibited; when the second timer expires, the next RRC connection re-establishment procedure can be executed.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述收发单元501还用于从所述网络设备接收预设正整数M。In an optional implementation manner, the transceiving unit 501 is further configured to receive a preset positive integer M from the network device.
具体的,所述处理单元502还用于:确定执行第一流程的次数,所述第一流程为从所述终端设备进入虚假的RLF到所述终端设备确定没有一个邻小区的信道状态参数的评估值满足特定条件的流程;当所述次数等于所述M时,去激活所述第一门限值,或者,去激活所述第一门限值和所述第二门限值。Specifically, the processing unit 502 is further configured to: determine the number of times to execute the first process, the first process is from the terminal device entering a false RLF to the terminal device determining that there is no channel state parameter of a neighboring cell A process in which the evaluation value meets a specific condition; when the number of times is equal to the M, the first threshold value is deactivated, or the first threshold value and the second threshold value are deactivated.
在另一个实施例中,所述通信装置500用于实现上述图4所述的实施例中网络设备的功能时,具体可以包括:In another embodiment, when the communication device 500 is used to implement the function of the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4, it may specifically include:
所述处理单元502用于确定第一门限值,所述第一门限值用于指示信道状态参数的门限;所述收发单元501用于向终端设备发送所述第一门限值。The processing unit 502 is configured to determine a first threshold value, and the first threshold value is used to indicate a threshold of a channel state parameter; the transceiver unit 501 is configured to send the first threshold value to a terminal device.
具体的,所述信道状态参数包括以下至少一个:参考信号接收功率RSRP、参考信号接收质量RSRQ、信号与干扰加噪声比SINR、信噪比SNR、成功接收重复次数、重复发送次数、覆盖增强等级、发射功率、下行无线链路误块率、以特定误块率可靠接收假设的PDCCH的链路水平。Specifically, the channel state parameters include at least one of the following: reference signal received power RSRP, reference signal received quality RSRQ, signal-to-interference plus noise ratio SINR, signal-to-noise ratio SNR, number of successful reception repetitions, number of retransmissions, coverage enhancement level , Transmitting power, downlink block error rate, the link level for reliable reception of the hypothetical PDCCH with a specific block error rate.
在一个示例中,所述收发单元501还用于向所述终端设备发送信道状态参数的第二门限值。In an example, the transceiver unit 501 is further configured to send the second threshold value of the channel state parameter to the terminal device.
在一个可能的方式中,所述收发单元501还用于向所述终端设备发送预设时长T。In a possible manner, the transceiver unit 501 is further configured to send a preset duration T to the terminal device.
示例性的,所述收发单元501还用于接收来自所述终端设备的信道状态信息,所述信道状态信息用于指示以下至少一项:信道状态变差、即将进入RLF、需要进行邻区测量;以及向所述终端设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备进入RLF。Exemplarily, the transceiving unit 501 is further configured to receive channel state information from the terminal device, where the channel state information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the channel state is getting worse, the RLF is about to enter, and the neighbor cell measurement needs to be performed. And sending first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to enter the RLF.
在一个可能的实施方式中,所述收发单元501还用于向终端设备发送第一能力指示信息,所述第一能力指示信息用于指示所述网络设备支持接收信道状态信息,或者用于指示终端设备上报信道状态信息,或者用于通知终端设备:所述网络设备支持根据信道状态信息来确定终端设备的信道状态。In a possible implementation manner, the transceiving unit 501 is further configured to send first capability indication information to a terminal device, where the first capability indication information is used to indicate that the network device supports receiving channel state information, or is used to indicate The terminal device reports the channel state information, or is used to notify the terminal device that the network device supports determining the channel state of the terminal device according to the channel state information.
在一个可能的实施方式中,所述收发单元501还用于接收来自所述终端设备的第二能力指示信息,所述第二能力指示信息用于指示所述终端设备支持上报信道状态信息。In a possible implementation manner, the transceiving unit 501 is further configured to receive second capability indication information from the terminal device, where the second capability indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports reporting channel state information.
在一个可能的设计中,所述RLF为虚假的RLF,所述虚假的RLF为不满足终端设备进入RLF的信号条件的无线链路失败;或者,所述RLF为提前的RLF,所述提前的RLF为所述终端设备在达到进入RLF的信号条件之前的无线链路失败。In a possible design, the RLF is a false RLF, and the false RLF is a radio link failure that does not meet the signal conditions for a terminal device to enter the RLF; or, the RLF is an advanced RLF, and the advanced RLF RLF is the radio link failure of the terminal device before reaching the signal condition for entering the RLF.
在一个可能的方式中,所述收发单元501还用于接收来自所述终端设备的能力信息,所述能力信息用于指示以下至少一项:所述终端设备支持基于信道状态参数的第一门限值(和第二门限值)进行RRC连接重建、所述终端设备支持基于信道状态参数的第一门限值(和第二门限值)进入RLF、所述终端设备支持移动性增强。In a possible manner, the transceiving unit 501 is further configured to receive capability information from the terminal device, where the capability information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal device supports the first gate based on channel state parameters The limit value (and the second threshold value) performs RRC connection reestablishment, the terminal device supports the first threshold value (and the second threshold value) based on the channel state parameter to enter the RLF, and the terminal device supports mobility enhancement.
在一个可能的实施方式中,所述收发单元501还用于向所述终端设备发送第三指示信 息,所述第三指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:允许所述终端设备基于信道状态参数的第一门限值(和第二门限值)进行RRC连接重建、允许所述终端设备基于信道状态参数的第一门限值(和第二门限值)进入RLF、允许所述终端设备执行移动性增强。In a possible implementation manner, the transceiving unit 501 is further configured to send third indication information to the terminal device, where the third indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: allowing the terminal device to be based on channel state parameters The first threshold value (and the second threshold value) of the RRC connection is reestablished, the terminal device is allowed to enter the RLF based on the first threshold value (and the second threshold value) of the channel state parameter, and the terminal device is allowed to enter the RLF. Improved execution mobility.
示例性的,所述收发单元501还用于向所述终端设备发送所述信道状态参数的评估值的偏移量。Exemplarily, the transceiver unit 501 is further configured to send the offset of the evaluation value of the channel state parameter to the terminal device.
可选的,所述收发单元501还用于向所述终端设备发送第二定时器时长。Optionally, the transceiving unit 501 is further configured to send a second timer duration to the terminal device.
一种实施方式中,所述收发单元501还用于向所述终端设备发送预设正整数M。In an implementation manner, the transceiver unit 501 is further configured to send a preset positive integer M to the terminal device.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对单元的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。在本申请的实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。It should be noted that the division of units in the embodiments of the present application is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation. The functional units in the embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above-mentioned integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional unit.
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)或处理器(processor)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or all or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium , Including several instructions to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) or a processor (processor) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disks or optical disks and other media that can store program codes. .
基于以上实施例,本申请实施例还提供了一种通信装置,参阅图6所示,通信装置600可以包括收发器601和处理器602。可选的,所述通信装置600中还可以包括存储器603。其中,所述存储器603可以设置于所述通信装置600内部,还可以设置于所述通信装置600外部。其中,所述处理器602可以控制所述收发器601接收和发送数据。Based on the above embodiments, an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device. As shown in FIG. 6, the communication device 600 may include a transceiver 601 and a processor 602. Optionally, the communication device 600 may further include a memory 603. Wherein, the memory 603 may be provided inside the communication device 600, and may also be provided outside the communication device 600. Wherein, the processor 602 can control the transceiver 601 to receive and send data.
具体的,所述处理器602可以是中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),网络处理器(network processor,NP)或者CPU和NP的组合。所述处理器602还可以进一步包括硬件芯片。上述硬件芯片可以是专用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),可编程逻辑器件(programmable logic device,PLD)或其组合。上述PLD可以是复杂可编程逻辑器件(complex programmable logic device,CPLD),现场可编程逻辑门阵列(field-programmable gate array,FPGA),通用阵列逻辑(generic array logic,GAL)或其任意组合。Specifically, the processor 602 may be a central processing unit (CPU), a network processor (NP), or a combination of a CPU and an NP. The processor 602 may further include a hardware chip. The above-mentioned hardware chip may be an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a programmable logic device (PLD) or a combination thereof. The above-mentioned PLD may be a complex programmable logic device (CPLD), a field-programmable gate array (FPGA), a generic array logic (GAL), or any combination thereof.
其中,所述收发器601、所述处理器602和所述存储器603之间相互连接。可选的,所述收发器601、所述处理器602和所述存储器603通过总线604相互连接;所述总线604可以是外设部件互连标准(Peripheral Component Interconnect,PCI)总线或扩展工业标准结构(Extended Industry Standard Architecture,EISA)总线等。所述总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图6中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。Wherein, the transceiver 601, the processor 602, and the memory 603 are connected to each other. Optionally, the transceiver 601, the processor 602, and the memory 603 are connected to each other through a bus 604; the bus 604 may be a Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) bus or an extended industry standard Structure (Extended Industry Standard Architecture, EISA) bus, etc. The bus can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and so on. For ease of representation, only one thick line is used in FIG. 6, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述存储器603,用于存放程序等。具体地,程序可以包括程序代码,该程序代码包括计算机操作指令。所述存储器603可能包括RAM,也可能还包括非易失性存储器(non-volatile memory),例如一个或多个磁盘存储器。所述处理器602执行所述存储器603所存放的应用程序,实现上述功能,从而实现通信装置600的功 能。In an optional implementation manner, the memory 603 is used to store programs and the like. Specifically, the program may include program code, and the program code includes computer operation instructions. The memory 603 may include RAM, or may also include non-volatile memory, such as one or more disk memories. The processor 602 executes the application program stored in the memory 603 to realize the above-mentioned functions, thereby realizing the functions of the communication device 600.
示例性的,该通信装置600可以是上述实施例中的终端设备,还可以是上述实施例中的网络设备。Exemplarily, the communication apparatus 600 may be the terminal device in the foregoing embodiment, and may also be the network device in the foregoing embodiment.
在一个实施例中,所述通信装置600用于实现上述图3所述的实施例中终端设备的功能时,具体可以包括:In an embodiment, when the communication device 600 is used to implement the function of the terminal device in the embodiment described in FIG. 3, it may specifically include:
所述处理器602用于确定服务小区的信道状态参数的评估值,以及确定所述信道状态参数的评估值满足预设条件;所述收发器601用于向网络设备发送信道状态信息,所述信道状态信息用于指示以下至少一项:信道状态变差、即将进入RLF、需要进行邻区测量。The processor 602 is configured to determine the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell, and to determine that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter satisfies a preset condition; the transceiver 601 is configured to send channel state information to a network device, the The channel state information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the channel state is getting worse, the RLF is about to enter, and the neighbor cell measurement needs to be performed.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述收发器601还用于接收来自网络设备的第一能力指示信息,所述第一能力指示信息用于指示所述网络设备支持接收信道状态信息,或者用于指示终端设备上报信道状态信息,或者用于通知终端设备:所述网络设备支持根据信道状态信息来确定终端设备的信道状态。In an optional implementation manner, the transceiver 601 is further configured to receive first capability indication information from a network device, where the first capability indication information is used to indicate that the network device supports receiving channel state information, or It is used to instruct the terminal device to report channel state information, or to notify the terminal device that the network device supports determining the channel state of the terminal device according to the channel state information.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述收发器601还用于向所述网络设备发送第二能力指示信息,所述第二能力指示信息用于指示所述终端设备支持上报信道状态信息。In an optional implementation manner, the transceiver 601 is further configured to send second capability indication information to the network device, and the second capability indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports reporting channel state information.
在一个可能的示例中,所述信道状态信息是通过信道质量报告的MAC CE发送的,所述信道质量报告的MAC CE中的质量报告字段用于指示所述信道状态信息;或者,所述信道状态信息是通过BSR的MAC CE发送的,所述BSR的MAC CE中的字段满足以下一项时用于指示所述信道状态信息:缓存数据尺寸为特定值、逻辑信道组标识LCG ID为特定值、LCG ID为特定值且缓存数据尺寸为特定值;或者,所述信道状态信息是通过MAC PDU子头发送的。In a possible example, the channel state information is sent through the MAC CE of the channel quality report, and the quality report field in the MAC CE of the channel quality report is used to indicate the channel state information; or, the channel The status information is sent through the MAC CE of the BSR, and the field in the MAC CE of the BSR is used to indicate the channel status information when the following one is satisfied: the buffer data size is a specific value, and the logical channel group identifier LCG ID is a specific value , LCG ID is a specific value and the buffered data size is a specific value; or, the channel state information is sent through the MAC PDU subheader.
在一个可选的实施例中,当所述终端设备未配置释放辅助信息激活指示时,通过所述BSR MAC CE中的缓存数据尺寸为特定值0来指示所述信道状态信息;或者,所述收发器601还用于接收来自所述网络设备的信道状态信息上报激活指示,所述信道状态信息上报激活指示用于指示所述终端设备上报所述信道状态信息;当所述收发器601接收到所述信道状态信息上报激活指示时,通过所述BSR MAC CE中的缓存数据尺寸为特定值0来指示所述信道状态信息。In an optional embodiment, when the terminal device is not configured to release the auxiliary information activation indication, the buffer data size in the BSR MAC CE is a specific value of 0 to indicate the channel state information; or The transceiver 601 is further configured to receive a channel state information report activation instruction from the network device, and the channel state information report activation instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to report the channel state information; when the transceiver 601 receives When the channel state information reports the activation indication, the channel state information is indicated by using the buffer data size in the BSR MAC CE to be a specific value of 0.
具体的,所述处理器602还用于进行邻区测量。Specifically, the processor 602 is further configured to perform neighbor cell measurement.
在一个可能的设计中,所述收发器601还用于接收来自所述网络设备的邻区测量指示,所述邻区测量指示用于指示所述终端设备进行邻区测量。In a possible design, the transceiver 601 is further configured to receive a neighbor cell measurement instruction from the network device, and the neighbor cell measurement instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to perform neighbor cell measurement.
示例性的,所述邻区测量指示还用于指示所述终端设备在非连续接收DRX的非激活时间内进行邻区测量。Exemplarily, the neighbor cell measurement indication is also used to instruct the terminal device to perform neighbor cell measurement during the inactive time of discontinuous reception of DRX.
在一种可选的方式中,所述收发器601还用于接收来自所述网络设备的第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示以下至少一项:所述网络设备支持移动性增强、所述网络设备允许所述终端设备在RRC连接态进行邻区测量、所述网络设备允许所述终端设备在RRC连接态进行同频测量、所述网络设备允许所述终端设备在RRC连接态进行异频测量、所述网络设备允许所述终端设备在非连续接收DRX的非激活时间进行测量。In an optional manner, the transceiver 601 is further configured to receive first information from the network device, and the first information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the network device supports mobility enhancement, The network device allows the terminal device to perform neighbor cell measurements in the RRC connected state, the network device allows the terminal device to perform intra-frequency measurements in the RRC connected state, and the network device allows the terminal device to perform measurements in the RRC connected state. Inter-frequency measurement, the network device allows the terminal device to perform measurement during the inactive time of discontinuous reception of DRX.
相应地,所述收发器601还用于向所述网络设备发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示以下至少一项:所述终端设备支持移动性增强、所述终端设备支持在RRC连接态进行邻区测量、所述终端设备支持在RRC连接态进行同频测量、所述终端设备支持在RRC连接态进行异频测量、所述终端设备支持在DRX的非激活时间进行测量或DRX偏好指示; 所述DRX偏好指示用于指示所述终端设备偏好的DRX周期,且所述DRX周期用于邻区测量。Correspondingly, the transceiver 601 is further configured to send second information to the network device, and the second information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal device supports mobility enhancement, and the terminal device supports RRC Connected state for neighbor cell measurement, the terminal device supports co-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state, the terminal device supports inter-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state, and the terminal device supports measurement or DRX in the inactive time of DRX Preference indication; the DRX preference indication is used to indicate the DRX cycle preferred by the terminal device, and the DRX cycle is used for neighbor cell measurement.
在一个可能的示例中,所述收发器601还用于接收来自所述网络设备的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备进入RLF;所述处理器602还用于确定进入无线链路失败RLF,执行无线资源控制RRC连接重建流程。In a possible example, the transceiver 601 is further configured to receive first indication information from the network device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to enter the RLF; the processor 602 also uses When it is determined that the RLF has failed to enter the radio link, the radio resource control RRC connection re-establishment procedure is executed.
示例性的,所述RLF为虚假的RLF,所述虚假的RLF为不满足终端设备进入RLF的信号条件的无线链路失败;或者,所述RLF为提前的RLF,所述提前的RLF为所述终端设备在达到进入RLF的信号条件之前的无线链路失败。Exemplarily, the RLF is a false RLF, and the false RLF is a radio link failure that does not meet the signal conditions for a terminal device to enter the RLF; or, the RLF is an advanced RLF, and the advanced RLF is The wireless link of the terminal device fails before reaching the signal condition for entering the RLF.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述处理器602在执行RRC连接重建流程之前,还用于启动第一定时器。In an optional implementation manner, the processor 602 is further configured to start the first timer before executing the RRC connection re-establishment procedure.
在一个具体的实施方式中,所述处理器602执行RRC连接重建流程时,具体用于:在所述第一定时器运行期间,进行小区测量和所述小区重选;若确定第一邻小区的信道状态参数的评估值满足特定条件(例如,所述第一邻小区的信道状态参数的评估值大于所述服务小区的信道状态参数的评估值),则控制所述收发器601向所述第一邻小区发起无线资源控制RRC连接重建流程;若直至所述第一定时器超时,确定没有一个邻小区的信道状态参数的评估值满足上述特定条件,则向所述服务小区进行同步,若能够同步上所述服务小区,则控制所述收发器601与所述服务小区继续进行通信,若不能同步上所述服务小区,则控制所述收发器601向所述服务小区发起RRC连接重建流程。In a specific implementation manner, when the processor 602 executes the RRC connection re-establishment procedure, it is specifically configured to: perform cell measurement and cell reselection during the operation of the first timer; if the first neighboring cell is determined The estimated value of the channel state parameter meets a specific condition (for example, the estimated value of the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell is greater than the estimated value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell), then the transceiver 601 is controlled to report to the The first neighboring cell initiates the radio resource control RRC connection re-establishment process; if it is determined that the estimated value of the channel state parameter of no neighboring cell meets the above-mentioned specific condition until the first timer expires, synchronization is performed to the serving cell, if If it can synchronize to the serving cell, control the transceiver 601 to continue to communicate with the serving cell. If it cannot synchronize to the serving cell, control the transceiver 601 to initiate an RRC connection re-establishment procedure to the serving cell .
在一个可能的实施例中,所述收发器601还用于从所述网络设备接收所述信道状态参数的评估值的偏移量。In a possible embodiment, the transceiver 601 is further configured to receive the offset of the evaluation value of the channel state parameter from the network device.
具体的,所述处理器602在确定所述第一邻小区的信道状态参数的评估值满足特定条件时,具体用于:确定所述第一邻小区的信道状态参数的评估值大于或等于所述服务小区的信道状态参数的评估值与所述偏移量的和。Specifically, when the processor 602 determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell satisfies a specific condition, it is specifically configured to: determine that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell is greater than or equal to all. The sum of the estimated value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell and the offset.
在一个可选的设计中,所述收发器601还用于从所述网络设备接收第二定时器时长。In an optional design, the transceiver 601 is further configured to receive the second timer duration from the network device.
在一个具体的设计中,所述处理器602还用于:当所述第一定时器超时或当确定没有一个邻小区的信道状态参数的评估值满足所述特定条件时,启动所述第二定时器;在所述第二定时器运行期间,禁止执行下一次RRC连接重建流程;当所述第二定时器超时时,可以执行下一次RRC连接重建流程。In a specific design, the processor 602 is further configured to: when the first timer expires or when it is determined that no channel state parameter evaluation value of a neighboring cell meets the specific condition, start the second Timer; during the running of the second timer, the next RRC connection re-establishment procedure is prohibited; when the second timer expires, the next RRC connection re-establishment procedure can be performed.
在一个示例性的设计中,所述收发器601还用于从所述网络设备接收预设正整数M。In an exemplary design, the transceiver 601 is further configured to receive a preset positive integer M from the network device.
在一个可能的设计中,所述处理器602还用于:确定执行第一流程的次数,所述第一流程为从所述终端设备进入虚假的RLF到所述终端设备确定没有一个邻小区的信道状态参数的评估值满足特定条件的流程;当所述次数等于所述M时,所述终端设备去激活第一门限值,或者,去激活所述第一门限值和所述第二门限值。In a possible design, the processor 602 is further configured to: determine the number of times to execute the first process, the first process is from the terminal device entering a false RLF to the terminal device determining that there is not a neighboring cell The process in which the evaluation value of the channel state parameter satisfies a specific condition; when the number of times is equal to the M, the terminal device deactivates the first threshold value, or deactivates the first threshold value and the second threshold value Threshold value.
可选的,所述收发器601还用于接收来自所述网络设备的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示允许所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送信道状态信息。Optionally, the transceiver 601 is further configured to receive second indication information from the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device is allowed to send channel state information to the network device.
具体的,所述信道状态参数包括以下至少一个:参考信号接收功率RSRP、参考信号接收质量RSRQ、信号与干扰加噪声比SINR、信噪比SNR、成功接收重复次数、重复发送次数、覆盖增强等级、发射功率、下行无线链路误块率、以特定误块率可靠接收假设的PDCCH的链路水平。Specifically, the channel state parameters include at least one of the following: reference signal received power RSRP, reference signal received quality RSRQ, signal-to-interference plus noise ratio SINR, signal-to-noise ratio SNR, number of successful reception repetitions, number of retransmissions, coverage enhancement level , Transmitting power, downlink block error rate, the link level for reliable reception of the hypothetical PDCCH with a specific block error rate.
在一个可选的实施方式中,所述处理器602在确定所述信道状态参数的评估值满足预 设条件时,具体用于:确定所述信道状态参数的评估值小于第一门限值,其中,所述第一门限值可以是所述网络设备预先配置给所述终端设备的,或者是所述网络设备发送给所述终端设备的,或者是预配置于所述终端设备的。In an optional implementation manner, when the processor 602 determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter satisfies a preset condition, it is specifically configured to: determine that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than a first threshold; The first threshold value may be pre-configured by the network device to the terminal device, or sent by the network device to the terminal device, or pre-configured in the terminal device.
具体的,当信道状态参数为K个时,所述处理器602确定所述信道状态参数的评估值小于所述第一门限值时,具体用于:确定K个信道状态参数中的N个信道状态参数的评估值小于对应信道状态参数的第一门限值,N为小于K的正整数,其中K为大于或等于2的整数。Specifically, when there are K channel state parameters, when the processor 602 determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than the first threshold, it is specifically configured to: determine N of the K channel state parameters The estimated value of the channel state parameter is less than the first threshold value of the corresponding channel state parameter, N is a positive integer less than K, where K is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
在一个可能的设计中,所述收发器601还用于接收来自所述网络设备的信道状态参数的第二门限值。In a possible design, the transceiver 601 is further configured to receive the second threshold value of the channel state parameter from the network device.
在一个示例中,所述处理器602还用于确定所述信道状态参数的评估值的变化量大于或等于所述第二门限值。In an example, the processor 602 is further configured to determine that the amount of change in the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is greater than or equal to the second threshold value.
具体的,所述评估值的参考值可以为第一事件发生时的信道状态参数的评估值,其中,所述第一事件可以为以下至少一项:确定所述信道状态参数的评估值小于所述第一门限值、确定所述信道状态参数的评估值小于所述第一门限值持续第一时长、或者确定所述信道状态参数的评估值大于所述第一门限值持续第一时长。Specifically, the reference value of the evaluation value may be the evaluation value of the channel state parameter when the first event occurs, where the first event may be at least one of the following: it is determined that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than the The first threshold value, it is determined that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than the first threshold value for a first period of time, or it is determined that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is greater than the first threshold value for the first time period. duration.
在一个示例中,所述收发器601还用于从所述网络设备接收预设时长T。In an example, the transceiver 601 is further configured to receive a preset duration T from the network device.
在一个可能的设计中,所述处理器602在确定所述信道状态参数的评估值小于所述第一门限值时,具体用于:确定所述信道状态参数的评估值小于所述第一门限值持续所述预设时长T。In a possible design, when the processor 602 determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than the first threshold, it is specifically configured to: determine that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than the first threshold. The threshold value lasts for the preset duration T.
在一个可选的实施方式中,所述处理器602在确定信道状态参数的评估值的变化量大于或等于所述第二门限值时,具体用于:确定所述信道状态参数的评估值的变化量大于或等于所述第二门限值持续所述预设时长T。In an optional implementation manner, when the processor 602 determines that the variation of the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is greater than or equal to the second threshold value, it is specifically configured to: determine the evaluation value of the channel state parameter The amount of change is greater than or equal to the second threshold for the preset duration T.
在另一个实施例中,所述通信装置600用于实现上述图3所述的实施例中网络设备的功能时,具体可以包括:In another embodiment, when the communication device 600 is used to implement the function of the network device in the embodiment described in FIG. 3, it may specifically include:
所述收发器601用于向终端设备发送第一能力指示信息,所述第一能力指示信息用于指示所述网络设备支持接收信道状态信息,以及接收来自终端设备的信道状态信息,所述信道状态信息用于指示以下至少一项:信道状态变差、即将进入RLF、需要进行邻区测量;所述处理器602用于控制所述收发器601收发数据。The transceiver 601 is configured to send first capability indication information to a terminal device, and the first capability indication information is used to indicate that the network device supports receiving channel state information and receives channel state information from the terminal device. The status information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the channel status is getting worse, the RLF is about to enter, and the neighbor cell measurement needs to be performed; the processor 602 is used to control the transceiver 601 to send and receive data.
在一个可能的方式中,所述收发器601还用于接收来自所述终端设备的第二能力指示信息,所述第二能力指示信息用于指示所述终端设备支持上报信道状态信息。In a possible manner, the transceiver 601 is further configured to receive second capability indication information from the terminal device, and the second capability indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports reporting channel state information.
在一个示例中,所述信道状态信息是通过信道质量报告的媒体接入控制层控制单元MAC CE接收的,所述信道质量报告的MAC CE中的质量报告字段用于指示所述信道状态信息;或者,所述信道状态信息是通过缓存状态报告BSR的MAC CE接收的,所述BSR的MAC CE中的字段满足以下一项时用于指示所述信道状态信息:缓存数据尺寸为特定值、逻辑信道组标识LCG ID为特定值、LCG ID为特定值且缓存数据尺寸为特定值;或者,所述信道状态信息是通过MAC PDU子头接收的。In an example, the channel state information is received through the MAC CE of the media access control layer control unit of the channel quality report, and the quality report field in the MAC CE of the channel quality report is used to indicate the channel state information; Alternatively, the channel state information is received through the MAC CE of the BSR of the BSR, and the field in the MAC CE of the BSR is used to indicate the channel state information when the MAC CE of the BSR satisfies one of the following items: the buffer data size is a specific value, logical The channel group identifier LCG ID is a specific value, the LCG ID is a specific value, and the buffer data size is a specific value; or, the channel state information is received through the MAC PDU subheader.
可选的,当所述终端设备未配置释放辅助信息激活指示时,通过所述BSR MAC CE中的缓存数据尺寸为特定值0来指示所述信道状态信息;或者,所述收发器601还用于向所述终端设备发送信道状态信息上报激活指示,所述信道状态信息上报激活指示用于指示所述终端设备上报所述信道状态信息;当所述收发器601发送了所述信道状态信息上报激 活指示时,通过所述BSR MAC CE中的缓存数据尺寸为特定值0来指示所述信道状态信息。Optionally, when the terminal device is not configured with a release auxiliary information activation indication, the buffer data size in the BSR MAC CE is a specific value of 0 to indicate the channel state information; or, the transceiver 601 also uses When sending the channel state information report activation instruction to the terminal device, the channel state information report activation instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to report the channel state information; when the transceiver 601 sends the channel state information report When the activation instruction is activated, the channel state information is indicated by using the buffer data size in the BSR MAC CE to be a specific value of 0.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述收发器601还用于向所述终端设备发送邻区测量指示,所述邻区测量指示用于指示所述终端设备进行邻区测量。In an optional implementation manner, the transceiver 601 is further configured to send a neighboring cell measurement instruction to the terminal device, and the neighboring cell measurement instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to perform neighboring cell measurement.
具体的,所述邻区测量指示还用于指示所述终端设备在非连续接收DRX的非激活时间内进行邻区测量。Specifically, the neighbor cell measurement instruction is also used to instruct the terminal device to perform neighbor cell measurement during the inactive time of discontinuous reception of DRX.
一种示例中,所述收发器601还用于向所述终端设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示以下至少一项:所述网络设备支持移动性增强、所述网络设备允许所述终端设备在RRC连接态进行邻区测量、所述网络设备允许所述终端设备在RRC连接态进行同频测量、所述网络设备允许所述终端设备在RRC连接态进行异频测量、所述网络设备允许所述终端设备在非连续接收DRX的非激活时间进行测量。In an example, the transceiver 601 is further configured to send first information to the terminal device, and the first information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the network device supports mobility enhancement, and the network device allows The terminal device performs neighbor cell measurement in the RRC connected state, the network device allows the terminal device to perform co-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state, and the network device allows the terminal device to perform inter-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state. The network device allows the terminal device to perform measurement during the inactive time of discontinuous reception of DRX.
在一个可能的设计中,所述收发器601还用于接收来自所述终端设备的第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示以下至少一项:所述终端设备支持移动性增强、所述终端设备支持在RRC连接态进行邻区测量、所述终端设备支持在RRC连接态进行同频测量、所述终端设备支持在RRC连接态进行异频测量、所述终端设备支持在DRX的非激活时间进行测量或DRX偏好指示;所述DRX偏好指示用于指示所述终端设备偏好的DRX周期,且所述DRX周期用于邻区测量。In a possible design, the transceiver 601 is further configured to receive second information from the terminal device, and the second information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal device supports mobility enhancement, the The terminal device supports neighbor cell measurement in the RRC connected state, the terminal device supports co-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state, the terminal device supports inter-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state, and the terminal device supports inactive DRX Time measurement or DRX preference indication; the DRX preference indication is used to indicate the DRX cycle preferred by the terminal device, and the DRX cycle is used for neighbor cell measurement.
可选的,所述收发器601还用于向所述终端设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备进入RLF。Optionally, the transceiver 601 is further configured to send first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to enter the RLF.
示例性的,所述RLF为虚假的RLF,所述虚假的RLF为不满足终端设备进入RLF的信号条件的无线链路失败;或者,所述RLF为提前的RLF,所述提前的RLF为所述终端设备在达到进入RLF的信号条件之前的无线链路失败。Exemplarily, the RLF is a false RLF, and the false RLF is a radio link failure that does not meet the signal conditions for a terminal device to enter the RLF; or, the RLF is an advanced RLF, and the advanced RLF is The wireless link of the terminal device fails before reaching the signal condition for entering the RLF.
一个实施方式中,所述收发器601还用于向所述终端设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示允许所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送信道状态信息。In an implementation manner, the transceiver 601 is further configured to send second indication information to the terminal device, and the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device is allowed to send channel state information to the network device.
具体的,所述信道状态参数包括以下至少一个:参考信号接收功率RSRP、参考信号接收质量RSRQ、信号与干扰加噪声比SINR、信噪比SNR、成功接收重复次数、重复发送次数、覆盖增强等级、发射功率、下行无线链路误块率、以特定误块率可靠接收假设的PDCCH的链路水平。Specifically, the channel state parameters include at least one of the following: reference signal received power RSRP, reference signal received quality RSRQ, signal-to-interference plus noise ratio SINR, signal-to-noise ratio SNR, number of successful reception repetitions, number of retransmissions, coverage enhancement level , Transmitting power, downlink block error rate, the link level for reliable reception of the hypothetical PDCCH with a specific block error rate.
一种示例中,所述收发器601还用于向所述终端设备发送所述信道状态参数的评估值的偏移量。In an example, the transceiver 601 is further configured to send the offset of the evaluation value of the channel state parameter to the terminal device.
另一种示例中,所述收发器601还用于向所述终端设备发送第二定时器时长。In another example, the transceiver 601 is further configured to send the second timer duration to the terminal device.
又一种示例中,所述收发器601还用于向所述终端设备发送预设正整数M。In another example, the transceiver 601 is further configured to send a preset positive integer M to the terminal device.
再一种示例中,所述收发器601还用于向所述终端设备发送信道状态参数的第二门限值。In another example, the transceiver 601 is further configured to send the second threshold value of the channel state parameter to the terminal device.
又一种示例中,所述收发器601还用于向所述终端设备发送预设时长T。In another example, the transceiver 601 is further configured to send a preset duration T to the terminal device.
在另一个实施例中,所述通信装置600用于实现上述图4所述的实施例中终端设备的功能时,具体可以包括:In another embodiment, when the communication device 600 is used to implement the function of the terminal device in the embodiment described in FIG. 4, it may specifically include:
所述收发器601用于接收来自网络设备的第一门限值,所述第一门限值用于指示信道状态参数的门限;所述处理器602用于确定服务小区的信道状态参数的评估值与所述第一门限值满足预设条件;以及确定进入无线链路失败RLF。The transceiver 601 is configured to receive a first threshold value from a network device, where the first threshold value is used to indicate the threshold of a channel state parameter; the processor 602 is configured to determine the evaluation of the channel state parameter of the serving cell The value and the first threshold value meet a preset condition; and it is determined that entering the radio link fails RLF.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述处理器602还用于执行无线资源控制RRC连接重建 流程。In an optional implementation manner, the processor 602 is further configured to perform a radio resource control RRC connection re-establishment procedure.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述信道状态参数包括以下至少一个:参考信号接收功率RSRP、参考信号接收质量RSRQ、信号与干扰加噪声比SINR、信噪比SNR、成功接收重复次数、重复发送次数、覆盖增强等级、发射功率、下行无线链路误块率、以特定误块率可靠接收假设的PDCCH的链路水平。In an optional implementation manner, the channel state parameters include at least one of the following: reference signal received power RSRP, reference signal received quality RSRQ, signal to interference plus noise ratio SINR, signal to noise ratio SNR, number of successful reception repetitions, The number of repeated transmissions, the coverage enhancement level, the transmission power, the downlink radio link block error rate, and the link level at which the hypothetical PDCCH can be reliably received with a specific block error rate.
可选的,所述处理器602在确定所述服务小区的信道状态参数的评估值与所述第一门限值满足预设条件时,具体用于:确定所述服务小区的信道状态参数的评估值小于所述第一门限值。Optionally, when the processor 602 determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell and the first threshold meet a preset condition, the processor 602 is specifically configured to: determine the channel state parameter of the serving cell The evaluation value is less than the first threshold value.
示例性的,当信道状态参数为K个时,所述处理器602确定所述服务小区的信道状态参数的评估值小于所述第一门限值时,具体用于:确定K个信道状态参数中N个信道状态参数的评估值小于对应信道状态参数的第一门限值,N为小于K的正整数,其中K为大于或等于2的整数。Exemplarily, when there are K channel state parameters, when the processor 602 determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameters of the serving cell is less than the first threshold, it is specifically configured to: determine K channel state parameters Among the N channel state parameters, the evaluation value is less than the first threshold value of the corresponding channel state parameter, N is a positive integer less than K, where K is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
在一个可能的设计中,所述收发器601还用于接收来自所述网络设备的信道状态参数的第二门限值。In a possible design, the transceiver 601 is further configured to receive the second threshold value of the channel state parameter from the network device.
具体的,所述处理器602还用于确定所述信道状态参数的评估值的变化量大于或等于所述第二门限值;其中所述变化量可以为所述评估值的参考值与所述评估值的当前值的差值,或者,所述变化量可以为所述评估值的当前值与所述评估值的参考值的差值。Specifically, the processor 602 is further configured to determine that the variation of the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is greater than or equal to the second threshold; wherein the variation may be the reference value of the evaluation value and the total value of the evaluation value. The difference between the current value of the evaluation value, or the amount of change may be the difference between the current value of the evaluation value and the reference value of the evaluation value.
一个示例中,所述评估值的参考值可以为第一事件发生时的信道状态参数的评估值,其中,所述第一事件可以为以下至少一项:确定所述信道状态参数的评估值小于所述第一门限值、确定所述信道状态参数的评估值小于所述第一门限值持续第一时长、或者确定所述信道状态参数的评估值大于所述第一门限值持续第一时长。In an example, the reference value of the evaluation value may be the evaluation value of the channel state parameter when the first event occurs, where the first event may be at least one of the following: it is determined that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than The first threshold value, determining that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than the first threshold value for a first time period, or determining that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is greater than the first threshold value for the first time period For a long time.
在一个可能的实施方式中,所述收发器601还用于从所述网络设备接收预设时长T。In a possible implementation manner, the transceiver 601 is further configured to receive a preset duration T from the network device.
具体的,所述处理器602确定所述服务小区的信道状态参数的评估值小于所述第一门限值时,具体用于:确定所述服务小区的信道状态参数的评估值小于所述第一门限值持续所述预设时长T。Specifically, when the processor 602 determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell is less than the first threshold value, it is specifically configured to: determine that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell is less than the first threshold value. A threshold value lasts for the preset time period T.
在一个可能的设计中,所述处理器602确定信道状态参数的评估值的变化量大于或等于所述第二门限值时,具体用于:确定信道状态参数的评估值的变化量大于或等于所述第二门限值持续所述预设时长T。In a possible design, when the processor 602 determines that the variation of the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is greater than or equal to the second threshold value, it is specifically configured to: determine that the variation of the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is greater than or It is equal to the second threshold and lasts for the preset time period T.
示例性的,所述收发器601还用于向所述网络设备发送信道状态信息,所述信道状态信息用于指示以下至少一项:信道状态变差、即将进入RLF、需要进行邻区测量;以及接收来自所述网络设备的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备进入RLF。Exemplarily, the transceiver 601 is further configured to send channel state information to the network device, where the channel state information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the channel state is getting worse, the RLF is about to enter, and the neighbor cell measurement needs to be performed; And receiving first indication information from the network device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to enter the RLF.
在一个可能的实施方式中,所述收发器601还用于接收来自网络设备的第一能力指示信息,所述第一能力指示信息用于指示所述网络设备支持接收信道状态信息,或者用于指示终端设备上报信道状态信息,或者用于通知终端设备:所述网络设备支持根据信道状态信息来确定终端设备的信道状态。In a possible implementation manner, the transceiver 601 is further configured to receive first capability indication information from a network device, where the first capability indication information is used to indicate that the network device supports receiving channel state information, or is used to Instructs the terminal device to report channel state information, or is used to notify the terminal device that the network device supports determining the channel state of the terminal device according to the channel state information.
在一个可能的设计中,所述收发器601还用于向所述网络设备发送第二能力指示信息,所述第二能力指示信息用于指示所述终端设备支持上报信道状态信息。In a possible design, the transceiver 601 is further configured to send second capability indication information to the network device, and the second capability indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports reporting channel state information.
具体的,所述RLF为虚假的RLF,所述虚假的RLF为不满足终端设备进入RLF的信号条件的无线链路失败;或者,所述RLF为提前的RLF,所述提前的RLF为所述终端设备在达到进入RLF的信号条件之前的无线链路失败。Specifically, the RLF is a false RLF, and the false RLF is a radio link failure that does not meet the signal conditions for a terminal device to enter the RLF; or, the RLF is an advanced RLF, and the advanced RLF is the The wireless link of the terminal device before it reaches the signal condition to enter the RLF fails.
示例性的,所述收发器601还用于向所述网络设备发送能力信息,所述能力信息用于指示以下至少一项:所述终端设备支持基于信道状态参数的第一门限值(和第二门限值)进行RRC连接重建、所述终端设备支持基于信道状态参数的第一门限值(和第二门限值)进入RLF、所述终端设备支持移动性增强。Exemplarily, the transceiver 601 is further configured to send capability information to the network device, where the capability information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal device supports a first threshold value based on channel state parameters (and The second threshold value) performs RRC connection re-establishment, the terminal device supports the first threshold value (and the second threshold value) based on the channel state parameter to enter the RLF, and the terminal device supports mobility enhancement.
具体的,所述收发器601还用于接收来自所述网络设备的第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:允许所述终端设备基于信道状态参数的第一门限值(和第二门限值)进行RRC连接重建、允许所述终端设备基于信道状态参数的第一门限值(和第二门限值)进入RLF、允许所述终端设备执行移动性增强。Specifically, the transceiver 601 is further configured to receive third indication information from the network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: allowing the terminal device to be based on the first gate of the channel state parameter Limit value (and second threshold value) for RRC connection reconstruction, allow the terminal device to enter RLF based on the first threshold value (and second threshold value) of the channel state parameter, and allow the terminal device to perform mobility enhancement .
一种示例中,所述处理器602在执行RRC连接重建流程之前,还用于启动第一定时器。In an example, the processor 602 is further configured to start the first timer before executing the RRC connection re-establishment procedure.
具体的,所述处理器602在执行RRC连接重建流程时,具体用于:在所述第一定时器运行期间,进行小区测量和所述小区重选;若所确定第一邻小区的信道状态参数的评估值满足特定条件(例如,所述第一邻小区的信道状态参数的评估值大于所述服务小区的信道状态参数的评估值),则控制所述收发器601向所述第一邻小区发起无线资源控制RRC连接重建流程;若直至所述第一定时器超时,确定没有一个邻小区的信道状态参数的评估值满足上述特定条件,则向所述服务小区进行同步检测;若能够同步上所述服务小区,则控制所述收发器601与所述服务小区继续进行通信,若不能同步上所述服务小区,则控制所述收发器601向所述服务小区发起RRC连接重建流程。Specifically, when the processor 602 executes the RRC connection re-establishment procedure, it is specifically configured to: perform cell measurement and cell reselection during the operation of the first timer; if the channel status of the first neighboring cell is determined The evaluation value of the parameter satisfies a specific condition (for example, the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell is greater than the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell), then the transceiver 601 is controlled to report to the first neighboring cell. The cell initiates the radio resource control RRC connection re-establishment process; if it is determined that the estimated value of the channel state parameter of no neighboring cell meets the above-mentioned specific condition until the first timer expires, synchronization detection is performed to the serving cell; if synchronization is possible For the above serving cell, the transceiver 601 is controlled to continue to communicate with the serving cell, and if the serving cell cannot be synchronized, the transceiver 601 is controlled to initiate an RRC connection re-establishment procedure to the serving cell.
在一个可能的设计中,所述收发器601还用于从所述网络设备接收所述信道状态参数的评估值的偏移量。In a possible design, the transceiver 601 is further configured to receive the offset of the evaluation value of the channel state parameter from the network device.
具体的,所述处理器602在确定所述第一邻小区的信道状态参数的评估值满足特定条件时,具体用于:确定所述第一邻小区的信道状态参数的评估值大于或等于所述服务小区的信道状态参数的评估值与所述偏移量的和。Specifically, when the processor 602 determines that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell satisfies a specific condition, it is specifically configured to: determine that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the first neighboring cell is greater than or equal to all. The sum of the estimated value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell and the offset.
在一个可能的方式中,所述收发器601还用于从所述网络设备接收第二定时器时长。In a possible manner, the transceiver 601 is further configured to receive a second timer duration from the network device.
示例性的,所述处理器602还用于:当所述第一定时器超时或当确定没有一个邻小区的信道状态参数的评估值满足所述特定条件时,启动所述第二定时器;在所述第二定时器运行期间,禁止执行下一次RRC连接重建流程;当所述第二定时器超时时,可以执行下一次RRC连接重建流程。Exemplarily, the processor 602 is further configured to: start the second timer when the first timer expires or when it is determined that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of no neighboring cell meets the specific condition; During the operation of the second timer, execution of the next RRC connection re-establishment procedure is prohibited; when the second timer expires, the next RRC connection re-establishment procedure can be executed.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述收发器601还用于从所述网络设备接收预设正整数M。In an optional implementation manner, the transceiver 601 is further configured to receive a preset positive integer M from the network device.
具体的,所述处理器602还用于:确定执行第一流程的次数,所述第一流程为从所述终端设备进入虚假的RLF到所述终端设备确定没有一个邻小区的信道状态参数的评估值满足特定条件的流程;当所述次数等于所述M时,去激活所述第一门限值,或者,去激活所述第一门限值和所述第二门限值。Specifically, the processor 602 is further configured to: determine the number of times to execute the first process, the first process is from the terminal device entering a false RLF to the terminal device determining that there is no channel state parameter of a neighboring cell A process in which the evaluation value meets a specific condition; when the number of times is equal to the M, the first threshold value is deactivated, or the first threshold value and the second threshold value are deactivated.
在另一个实施例中,所述通信装置600用于实现上述图4所述的实施例中网络设备的功能时,具体可以包括:In another embodiment, when the communication device 600 is used to implement the function of the network device in the embodiment described in FIG. 4, it may specifically include:
所述处理器602用于确定第一门限值,所述第一门限值用于指示信道状态参数的门限;所述收发器601用于向终端设备发送所述第一门限值。The processor 602 is configured to determine a first threshold value, and the first threshold value is used to indicate a threshold of a channel state parameter; the transceiver 601 is configured to send the first threshold value to a terminal device.
具体的,所述信道状态参数包括以下至少一个:参考信号接收功率RSRP、参考信号接收质量RSRQ、信号与干扰加噪声比SINR、信噪比SNR、成功接收重复次数、重复发送次数、覆盖增强等级、发射功率、下行无线链路误块率、以特定误块率可靠接收假设的 PDCCH的链路水平。Specifically, the channel state parameters include at least one of the following: reference signal received power RSRP, reference signal received quality RSRQ, signal-to-interference plus noise ratio SINR, signal-to-noise ratio SNR, number of successful reception repetitions, number of retransmissions, coverage enhancement level , Transmitting power, downlink block error rate, the link level for reliable reception of the hypothetical PDCCH with a specific block error rate.
在一个示例中,所述收发器601还用于向所述终端设备发送信道状态参数的第二门限值。In an example, the transceiver 601 is further configured to send the second threshold value of the channel state parameter to the terminal device.
在一个可能的方式中,所述收发器601还用于向所述终端设备发送预设时长T。In a possible manner, the transceiver 601 is further configured to send a preset duration T to the terminal device.
示例性的,所述收发器601还用于接收来自所述终端设备的信道状态信息,所述信道状态信息用于指示以下至少一项:信道状态变差、即将进入RLF、需要进行邻区测量;以及向所述终端设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备进入RLF。Exemplarily, the transceiver 601 is further configured to receive channel state information from the terminal device, and the channel state information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the channel state is getting worse, the RLF is about to enter, and the neighbor cell measurement needs to be performed. And sending first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to enter the RLF.
在一个可能的实施方式中,所述收发器601还用于向终端设备发送第一能力指示信息,所述第一能力指示信息用于指示所述网络设备支持接收信道状态信息,或者用于指示终端设备上报信道状态信息,或者用于通知终端设备:所述网络设备支持根据信道状态信息来确定终端设备的信道状态。In a possible implementation manner, the transceiver 601 is further configured to send first capability indication information to the terminal device, where the first capability indication information is used to indicate that the network device supports receiving channel state information, or is used to indicate The terminal device reports the channel state information, or is used to notify the terminal device that the network device supports determining the channel state of the terminal device according to the channel state information.
在一个可能的实施方式中,所述收发器601还用于接收来自所述终端设备的第二能力指示信息,所述第二能力指示信息用于指示所述终端设备支持上报信道状态信息。In a possible implementation manner, the transceiver 601 is further configured to receive second capability indication information from the terminal device, and the second capability indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports reporting channel state information.
在一个可能的设计中,所述RLF为虚假的RLF,所述虚假的RLF为不满足终端设备进入RLF的信号条件的无线链路失败;或者,所述RLF为提前的RLF,所述提前的RLF为所述终端设备在达到进入RLF的信号条件之前的无线链路失败。In a possible design, the RLF is a false RLF, and the false RLF is a radio link failure that does not meet the signal conditions for a terminal device to enter the RLF; or, the RLF is an advanced RLF, and the advanced RLF RLF is the radio link failure of the terminal device before reaching the signal condition for entering the RLF.
在一个可能的方式中,所述收发器601还用于接收来自所述终端设备的能力信息,所述能力信息用于指示以下至少一项:所述终端设备支持基于信道状态参数的第一门限值(和第二门限值)进行RRC连接重建、所述终端设备支持基于信道状态参数的第一门限值(和第二门限值)进入RLF、所述终端设备支持移动性增强。In a possible manner, the transceiver 601 is further configured to receive capability information from the terminal device, where the capability information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal device supports the first gate based on channel state parameters The limit value (and the second threshold value) performs RRC connection reestablishment, the terminal device supports the first threshold value (and the second threshold value) based on the channel state parameter to enter the RLF, and the terminal device supports mobility enhancement.
在一个可能的实施方式中,所述收发器601还用于向所述终端设备发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:允许所述终端设备基于信道状态参数的第一门限值(和第二门限值)进行RRC连接重建、允许所述终端设备基于信道状态参数的第一门限值(和第二门限值)进入RLF、允许所述终端设备执行移动性增强。In a possible implementation manner, the transceiver 601 is further configured to send third indication information to the terminal device, where the third indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: allow the terminal device to be based on channel state parameters The first threshold value (and the second threshold value) of the RRC connection is reestablished, the terminal device is allowed to enter the RLF based on the first threshold value (and the second threshold value) of the channel state parameter, and the terminal device is allowed to enter the RLF. Improved execution mobility.
示例性的,所述收发器601还用于向所述终端设备发送所述信道状态参数的评估值的偏移量。Exemplarily, the transceiver 601 is further configured to send the offset of the evaluation value of the channel state parameter to the terminal device.
可选的,所述收发器601还用于向所述终端设备发送第二定时器时长。Optionally, the transceiver 601 is further configured to send a second timer duration to the terminal device.
一种实施方式中,所述收发器601还用于向所述终端设备发送预设正整数M。In an implementation manner, the transceiver 601 is further configured to send a preset positive integer M to the terminal device.
基于以上实施例,本申请实施例提供了一种通信系统,该通信系统可以包括上述实施例涉及的终端设备和网络设备等。Based on the above embodiments, the embodiments of the present application provide a communication system, and the communication system may include the terminal devices and network devices involved in the above embodiments.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质用于存储计算机程序,该计算机程序被计算机执行时,所述计算机可以实现上述方法实施例提供的任一种通信方法。The embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium, which is used to store a computer program. When the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement any type of communication provided by the foregoing method embodiments. method.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品用于存储计算机程序,该计算机程序被计算机执行时,所述计算机可以实现上述方法实施例提供的任一种通信方法。The embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, the computer program product is used to store a computer program, and when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement any of the communication methods provided in the foregoing method embodiments.
本申请实施例还提供一种芯片,包括处理器和通信接口,所述处理器与存储器耦合,用于调用所述存储器中的程序使得所述芯片实现上述方法实施例提供的任一种通信方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a chip, including a processor and a communication interface, the processor is coupled to the memory, and is used to call a program in the memory to enable the chip to implement any of the communication methods provided in the foregoing method embodiments .
本领域内的技术人员应明白,本申请的实施例可提供为方法、系统、或计算机程序产品。因此,本申请可采用完全硬件实施例、完全软件实施例、或结合软件和硬件方面的实 施例的形式。而且,本申请可采用在一个或多个其中包含有计算机可用程序代码的计算机可用存储介质(包括但不限于磁盘存储器、CD-ROM、光学存储器等)上实施的计算机程序产品的形式。Those skilled in the art should understand that the embodiments of the present application can be provided as methods, systems, or computer program products. Therefore, this application may adopt the form of a complete hardware embodiment, a complete software embodiment, or an embodiment combining software and hardware. Moreover, this application may adopt the form of a computer program product implemented on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) containing computer-usable program codes.
本申请是参照根据本申请的方法、设备(系统)、和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或方框图来描述的。应理解可由计算机程序指令实现流程图和/或方框图中的每一流程和/或方框、以及流程图和/或方框图中的流程和/或方框的结合。可提供这些计算机程序指令到通用计算机、专用计算机、嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机器,使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装置。This application is described with reference to flowcharts and/or block diagrams of methods, equipment (systems), and computer program products according to this application. It should be understood that each process and/or block in the flowchart and/or block diagram, and the combination of processes and/or blocks in the flowchart and/or block diagram can be realized by computer program instructions. These computer program instructions can be provided to the processor of a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, an embedded processor, or other programmable data processing equipment to generate a machine, so that the instructions executed by the processor of the computer or other programmable data processing equipment are used to generate It is a device that realizes the functions specified in one process or multiple processes in the flowchart and/or one block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.
这些计算机程序指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备以特定方式工作的计算机可读存储器中,使得存储在该计算机可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令装置的制造品,该指令装置实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能。These computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer-readable memory that can guide a computer or other programmable data processing equipment to work in a specific manner, so that the instructions stored in the computer-readable memory produce an article of manufacture including the instruction device. The device implements the functions specified in one process or multiple processes in the flowchart and/or one block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上,使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理,从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。These computer program instructions can also be loaded on a computer or other programmable data processing equipment, so that a series of operation steps are executed on the computer or other programmable equipment to produce computer-implemented processing, so as to execute on the computer or other programmable equipment. The instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one process or multiple processes in the flowchart and/or one block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.
显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的保护范围。这样,倘若本申请的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。Obviously, those skilled in the art can make various changes and modifications to this application without departing from the protection scope of this application. In this way, if these modifications and variations of this application fall within the scope of the claims of this application and their equivalent technologies, then this application is also intended to include these modifications and variations.

Claims (29)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法适用于终端设备,包括:A communication method, characterized in that the method is suitable for terminal equipment, and includes:
    确定服务小区的信道状态参数的评估值;Determine the evaluation value of the channel state parameter of the serving cell;
    确定所述信道状态参数的评估值满足预设条件;Determining that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter satisfies a preset condition;
    向网络设备发送信道状态信息,所述信道状态信息用于指示以下至少一项:信道状态变差、即将进入无线链路失败RLF、需要进行邻区测量。The channel state information is sent to the network device, where the channel state information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the channel state is deteriorated, the RLF is about to enter the radio link, and the neighbor cell measurement needs to be performed.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,包括:The method of claim 1, comprising:
    所述信道状态信息是通过信道质量报告的媒体接入控制层控制单元MAC CE发送的,所述信道质量报告的MAC CE中的质量报告字段用于指示所述信道状态信息;或者The channel state information is sent through the MAC CE of the media access control layer control unit of the channel quality report, and the quality report field in the MAC CE of the channel quality report is used to indicate the channel state information; or
    所述信道状态信息是通过缓存状态报告BSR的MAC CE发送的,所述BSR MAC CE中的字段满足以下一项时用于指示所述信道状态信息:缓存数据尺寸为特定值、逻辑信道组标识LCG ID为特定值、LCG ID为特定值且缓存数据尺寸为特定值;或者The channel state information is sent through the MAC CE of the buffer state report BSR, and the field in the BSR MAC CE is used to indicate the channel state information when the following one is satisfied: the buffer data size is a specific value, and the logical channel group identifier LCG ID is a specific value, LCG ID is a specific value, and the buffer data size is a specific value; or
    所述信道状态信息是通过MAC分组数据单元PDU子头发送的。The channel state information is sent through the PDU subheader of the MAC packet data unit.
  3. 如权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the method further comprises:
    当所述终端设备未配置释放辅助信息激活指示时,通过所述BSR MAC CE中的缓存数据尺寸为特定值0来指示所述信道状态信息;或者When the terminal device is not configured to release the auxiliary information activation indication, indicate the channel state information by using the buffer data size in the BSR MAC CE to be a specific value of 0; or
    接收来自所述网络设备的信道状态信息上报激活指示,所述信道状态信息上报激活指示用于指示所述终端设备上报所述信道状态信息;当所述终端设备接收到所述信道状态信息上报激活指示时,通过所述BSR MAC CE中的缓存数据尺寸为特定值0来指示所述信道状态信息。Receive a channel state information report activation instruction from the network device, where the channel state information report activation instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to report the channel state information; when the terminal device receives the channel state information report activation When indicating, the channel state information is indicated by using the buffer data size in the BSR MAC CE to be a specific value of 0.
  4. 如权利要求1-3任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein the method further comprises:
    进行邻区测量。Perform a neighborhood measurement.
  5. 如权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 4, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收来自所述网络设备的邻区测量指示,所述邻区测量指示用于指示所述终端设备进行邻区测量。Receiving a neighboring cell measurement instruction from the network device, where the neighboring cell measurement instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to perform neighboring cell measurement.
  6. 如权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述邻区测量指示还用于指示所述终端设备在非连续接收DRX的非激活时间内进行邻区测量。The method according to claim 5, wherein the neighbor cell measurement indication is further used to instruct the terminal device to perform neighbor cell measurement during the inactive time of discontinuous reception of DRX.
  7. 如权利要求1-6任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-6, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收来自所述网络设备的第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示以下至少一项:所述网络设备支持移动性增强、所述网络设备允许所述终端设备在RRC连接态进行邻区测量、所述网络设备允许所述终端设备在RRC连接态进行同频测量、所述网络设备允许所述终端设备在RRC连接态进行异频测量、所述网络设备允许所述终端设备在非连续接收DRX的非激活时间进行测量。Receive first information from the network device, where the first information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the network device supports mobility enhancement, and the network device allows the terminal device to perform neighbor cell measurement in the RRC connected state The network device allows the terminal device to perform co-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state, the network device allows the terminal device to perform inter-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state, and the network device allows the terminal device to perform discontinuous reception The inactive time of DRX is measured.
  8. 如权利要求1-7任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-7, wherein the method further comprises:
    向所述网络设备发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示以下至少一项:所述终端设备支持移动性增强、所述终端设备支持在RRC连接态进行邻区测量、所述终端设备支持在RRC连接态进行同频测量、所述终端设备支持在RRC连接态进行异频测量、所述终端设备支持在DRX的非激活时间进行测量或DRX偏好指示;所述DRX偏好指示用于指示所述终端设备偏好的DRX周期,且所述DRX周期用于邻区测量。Send second information to the network device, where the second information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal device supports mobility enhancement, the terminal device supports neighbor cell measurement in the RRC connected state, and the terminal device Supports intra-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state, the terminal device supports inter-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state, and the terminal device supports measurement or DRX preference indication during the inactive time of DRX; the DRX preference indication is used to indicate The DRX cycle preferred by the terminal device, and the DRX cycle is used for neighbor cell measurement.
  9. 如权利要求1-3任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收来自所述网络设备的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备进入RLF;Receiving first indication information from the network device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to enter the RLF;
    确定进入无线链路失败RLF,执行无线资源控制RRC连接重建流程。It is determined that the access to the radio link fails RLF, and the radio resource control RRC connection re-establishment procedure is executed.
  10. 如权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,包括:The method according to claim 9, characterized in that it comprises:
    所述RLF为虚假的RLF,所述虚假的RLF为不满足终端设备进入RLF的信号条件的无线链路失败;或者The RLF is a false RLF, and the false RLF is a radio link failure that does not meet the signal conditions for the terminal device to enter the RLF; or
    所述RLF为提前的RLF,所述提前的RLF为所述终端设备在达到进入RLF的信号条件之前的无线链路失败。The RLF is an advanced RLF, and the advanced RLF is a radio link failure of the terminal device before reaching the signal condition for entering the RLF.
  11. 如权利要求1-10任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-10, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收来自所述网络设备的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示允许所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送所述信道状态信息。Receiving second indication information from the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device is allowed to send the channel state information to the network device.
  12. 如权利要求1-11任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述信道状态参数包括以下至少一个:参考信号接收功率RSRP、参考信号接收质量RSRQ、信号与干扰加噪声比SINR、信噪比SNR、成功接收重复次数、重复发送次数、覆盖增强等级、发射功率、下行无线链路误块率、以特定误块率可靠接收假设的PDCCH的链路水平。The method according to any one of claims 1-11, wherein the channel state parameters comprise at least one of the following: reference signal received power (RSRP), reference signal received quality (RSRQ), signal to interference plus noise ratio (SINR), signal to noise Ratio SNR, the number of successful reception repetitions, the number of retransmissions, the coverage enhancement level, the transmission power, the downlink radio link block error rate, and the link level at which the assumed PDCCH can be reliably received with a specific block error rate.
  13. 如权利要求1-12任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,确定所述信道状态参数的评估值满足预设条件,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-12, wherein determining that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter satisfies a preset condition comprises:
    确定所述信道状态参数的评估值小于第一门限值,所述第一门限值是由所述网络设备配置的。It is determined that the evaluation value of the channel state parameter is less than a first threshold value, and the first threshold value is configured by the network device.
  14. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法适用于网络设备,包括:A communication method, characterized in that the method is suitable for network equipment, and includes:
    向终端设备发送第一能力指示信息,所述第一能力指示信息用于指示所述网络设备支持接收信道状态信息;Sending first capability indication information to a terminal device, where the first capability indication information is used to indicate that the network device supports receiving channel state information;
    接收来自所述终端设备的信道状态信息,所述信道状态信息用于指示以下至少一项:信道状态变差、即将进入无线链路失败RLF、需要进行邻区测量。Receive channel state information from the terminal device, where the channel state information is used to indicate at least one of the following: channel state deterioration, about to enter the radio link failure RLF, and neighbour cell measurement is required.
  15. 如权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,包括:The method of claim 14, comprising:
    所述信道状态信息是通过信道质量报告的媒体接入控制层控制单元MAC CE接收的,所述信道质量报告的MAC CE中的质量报告字段用于指示所述信道状态信息;或者The channel state information is received through the MAC CE of the media access control layer control unit of the channel quality report, and the quality report field in the MAC CE of the channel quality report is used to indicate the channel state information; or
    所述信道状态信息是通过缓存状态报告BSR的MAC CE接收的,所述BSR MAC CE中的字段满足以下一项时用于指示所述信道状态信息:缓存区数据尺寸为特定值、逻辑信道组标识LCG ID为特定值、LCG ID为特定值且缓存数据尺寸为特定值;或者The channel state information is received through the MAC CE of the buffer state report BSR, and the fields in the BSR MAC CE are used to indicate the channel state information when the following one is satisfied: the buffer data size is a specific value, and the logical channel group Identifies that the LCG ID is a specific value, the LCG ID is a specific value, and the cache data size is a specific value; or
    所述信道状态信息是通过MAC分组数据单元PDU子头接收的。The channel state information is received through the PDU subheader of the MAC packet data unit.
  16. 如权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 15, wherein the method further comprises:
    当所述终端设备未配置释放辅助信息激活指示时,通过所述BSR MAC CE中的缓存数据尺寸为特定值0来指示所述信道状态信息;或者When the terminal device is not configured to release the auxiliary information activation indication, indicate the channel state information by using the buffer data size in the BSR MAC CE to be a specific value of 0; or
    向所述终端设备发送信道状态信息上报激活指示,所述信道状态信息上报激活指示用于指示所述终端设备上报所述信道状态信息;当所述网络设备发送了所述信道状态信息上报激活指示时,通过所述BSR MAC CE中的缓存数据尺寸为特定值0来指示所述信道状态信息。Send a channel state information report activation instruction to the terminal device, where the channel state information report activation instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to report the channel state information; when the network device sends the channel state information report activation instruction When the buffer data size in the BSR MAC CE is a specific value of 0, the channel state information is indicated.
  17. 如权利要求14-16任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 14-16, wherein the method further comprises:
    向所述终端设备发送邻区测量指示,所述邻区测量指示用于指示所述终端设备进行邻区测量。Sending a neighboring cell measurement instruction to the terminal device, where the neighboring cell measurement instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to perform neighboring cell measurement.
  18. 如权利要求17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述邻区测量指示还用于指示所述终端设备在非连续接收DRX的非激活时间内进行邻区测量。The method according to claim 17, wherein the neighbor cell measurement indication is further used to instruct the terminal device to perform neighbor cell measurement during the inactive time of discontinuous reception of DRX.
  19. 如权利要求14-18任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 14-18, wherein the method further comprises:
    向所述终端设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示以下至少一项:所述网络设备支持移动性增强、所述网络设备允许所述终端设备在RRC连接态进行邻区测量、所述网络设备允许所述终端设备在RRC连接态进行同频测量、所述网络设备允许所述终端设备在RRC连接态进行异频测量、所述网络设备允许所述终端设备在非连续接收DRX的非激活时间进行测量。Send first information to the terminal device, where the first information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the network device supports mobility enhancement, the network device allows the terminal device to perform neighbor cell measurement in the RRC connected state, The network device allows the terminal device to perform co-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state, the network device allows the terminal device to perform inter-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state, and the network device allows the terminal device to receive DRX discontinuously. The inactive time is measured.
  20. 如权利要求14-19任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 14-19, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收来自所述终端设备的第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示以下至少一项:所述终端设备支持移动性增强、所述终端设备支持在RRC连接态进行邻区测量、所述终端设备支持在RRC连接态进行同频测量、所述终端设备支持在RRC连接态进行异频测量、所述终端设备支持在DRX的非激活时间进行测量或DRX偏好指示;所述DRX偏好指示用于指示所述终端设备偏好的DRX周期,且所述DRX周期用于邻区测量。Receive second information from the terminal device, where the second information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal device supports mobility enhancement, the terminal device supports neighbor cell measurement in the RRC connected state, and the terminal device The device supports intra-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state, the terminal device supports inter-frequency measurement in the RRC connected state, and the terminal device supports measurement or DRX preference indication during the inactive time of DRX; the DRX preference indication is used for Indicate the DRX cycle preferred by the terminal device, and the DRX cycle is used for neighbor cell measurement.
  21. 如权利要求14-16任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 14-16, wherein the method further comprises:
    向所述终端设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备进入RLF。Sending first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to enter the RLF.
  22. 如权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,包括:The method of claim 21, comprising:
    所述RLF为虚假的RLF,所述虚假的RLF为不满足终端设备进入RLF的信号条件的无线链路失败;或者The RLF is a false RLF, and the false RLF is a radio link failure that does not meet the signal conditions for the terminal device to enter the RLF; or
    所述RLF为提前的RLF,所述提前的RLF为所述终端设备在达到进入RLF的信号条件之前的无线链路失败。The RLF is an advanced RLF, and the advanced RLF is a radio link failure of the terminal device before reaching the signal condition for entering the RLF.
  23. 如权利要求14-22任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 14-22, wherein the method further comprises:
    向所述终端设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示允许所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送所述信道状态信息。Sending second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device is allowed to send the channel state information to the network device.
  24. 如权利要求14-23任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述信道状态参数包括以下至少一个:参考信号接收功率RSRP、参考信号接收质量RSRQ、信号与干扰加噪声比SINR、信噪比SNR、成功接收重复次数、重复发送次数、覆盖增强等级、发射功率、下行无线链路误块率、以特定误块率可靠接收假设的PDCCH的链路水平。The method according to any one of claims 14-23, wherein the channel state parameters comprise at least one of the following: reference signal received power (RSRP), reference signal received quality (RSRQ), signal to interference plus noise ratio (SINR), signal to noise Ratio SNR, the number of successful reception repetitions, the number of retransmissions, the coverage enhancement level, the transmission power, the downlink radio link block error rate, and the link level at which the assumed PDCCH can be reliably received with a specific block error rate.
  25. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器和收发器,其中:A communication device, characterized in that it comprises a processor and a transceiver, wherein:
    所述收发器,用于收发数据;The transceiver is used to send and receive data;
    所述处理器,与存储器耦合,用于调用所述存储器中的程序使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求1-13任一项所述的方法。The processor, coupled with the memory, is configured to call the program in the memory to enable the communication device to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-13.
  26. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器和收发器,其中:A communication device, characterized in that it comprises a processor and a transceiver, wherein:
    所述收发器,用于收发数据;The transceiver is used to send and receive data;
    所述处理器,与存储器耦合,用于调用所述存储器中的程序使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求14-24任一项所述的方法。The processor, coupled with the memory, is configured to call the program in the memory to make the communication device execute the method according to any one of claims 14-24.
  27. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,包括指令,当所述指令在计算机上运行 时,使得计算机执行权利要求1-24中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized by comprising instructions, which when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-24.
  28. 一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,其特征在于,当所述计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行权利要求1-24中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product containing instructions, characterized in that, when the computer program product runs on a computer, the computer is caused to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-24.
  29. 一种芯片,其特征在于,包括处理器和通信接口,所述处理器,与存储器耦合,用于调用所述存储器中的程序使得所述芯片执行如权利要求1-24中任一项所述的方法。A chip, characterized by comprising a processor and a communication interface, the processor, coupled with the memory, for calling the program in the memory so that the chip executes any one of claims 1-24 Methods.
PCT/CN2020/077358 2020-02-29 2020-02-29 Communication method and apparatus WO2021168865A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/077358 WO2021168865A1 (en) 2020-02-29 2020-02-29 Communication method and apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/077358 WO2021168865A1 (en) 2020-02-29 2020-02-29 Communication method and apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021168865A1 true WO2021168865A1 (en) 2021-09-02

Family

ID=77490605

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/077358 WO2021168865A1 (en) 2020-02-29 2020-02-29 Communication method and apparatus

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2021168865A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023133812A1 (en) * 2022-01-14 2023-07-20 Nokia Shanghai Bell Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for quality of experience reporting continuity
WO2023231844A1 (en) * 2022-05-30 2023-12-07 维沃移动通信有限公司 Perception measurement method and apparatus, and device, terminal and storage medium

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101483927A (en) * 2008-01-08 2009-07-15 华为技术有限公司 Method and apparatus for detecting wireless link failure, and reducing failure loss of wireless link
CN101754413A (en) * 2008-12-17 2010-06-23 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Message authorization code managing method, device and system
CN103974292A (en) * 2013-01-25 2014-08-06 索尼公司 Device and method in wireless communication system
US20150092746A1 (en) * 2013-09-30 2015-04-02 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) Enhancement on radio link failure report to record necessary timing details for a dual-threshold handover trigger event
CN105934985A (en) * 2014-01-28 2016-09-07 高通股份有限公司 Switching mode of operation in d2d communications
WO2018172604A1 (en) * 2017-03-24 2018-09-27 Nokia Technologies Oy Beam-based radio link monitoring
CN108631889A (en) * 2017-03-22 2018-10-09 株式会社Ntt都科摩 Radio link failure detection method and user equipment

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101483927A (en) * 2008-01-08 2009-07-15 华为技术有限公司 Method and apparatus for detecting wireless link failure, and reducing failure loss of wireless link
CN101754413A (en) * 2008-12-17 2010-06-23 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Message authorization code managing method, device and system
CN103974292A (en) * 2013-01-25 2014-08-06 索尼公司 Device and method in wireless communication system
US20150092746A1 (en) * 2013-09-30 2015-04-02 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) Enhancement on radio link failure report to record necessary timing details for a dual-threshold handover trigger event
CN105934985A (en) * 2014-01-28 2016-09-07 高通股份有限公司 Switching mode of operation in d2d communications
CN108631889A (en) * 2017-03-22 2018-10-09 株式会社Ntt都科摩 Radio link failure detection method and user equipment
WO2018172604A1 (en) * 2017-03-24 2018-09-27 Nokia Technologies Oy Beam-based radio link monitoring

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023133812A1 (en) * 2022-01-14 2023-07-20 Nokia Shanghai Bell Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for quality of experience reporting continuity
WO2023231844A1 (en) * 2022-05-30 2023-12-07 维沃移动通信有限公司 Perception measurement method and apparatus, and device, terminal and storage medium

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN110249683B (en) Method and apparatus for beam fault recovery
US10999774B2 (en) Method and apparatus for inter-cell load distribution and interference mitigation in wireless communication system
JP6653376B2 (en) Access network device, user equipment, communication system, and communication method
JP6166469B2 (en) Method and apparatus for triggering multi-UE coordinated communication
US8977268B2 (en) Methods and systems for controlling handovers in a co-channel network
US10117128B2 (en) Signal transmission method and device
JP2019531013A (en) Dynamic coverage mode switching and communication bandwidth adjustment
US20130223393A1 (en) Method for coordinating inter-cell interference and base station
US10057937B2 (en) Communications via multiple access points
TWI513202B (en) Apparatuses, methods and computer programs for a mobile transceiver and a base station transceiver
JP7327463B2 (en) Radio link detection method, device and communication system
WO2020151751A1 (en) Method and apparatus for platoon-based communications
US9877351B2 (en) Mobile communication system, user terminal, and base station
JP6910298B2 (en) Base stations and wireless terminals
WO2021204120A1 (en) Measurement method and apparatus, device, and storage medium
JP2016508680A (en) Method, apparatus and system for implementing security detection in heterogeneous networks
WO2021168865A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
US20140119319A1 (en) Apparatus and Method for Reactive Inter-Cell Interference Coordination
WO2022002016A1 (en) Neighbor cell measurement method and apparatus therefor
KR20130060194A (en) Method and system for radio link failure information processing
WO2013066021A1 (en) Method and apparatus for reporting short stay in wireless communication system
US20160088504A1 (en) Method for configuring measurement parameter, a user equipment, and apparatus for configuring measurement parameter
JP6602962B2 (en) Method and apparatus for terminal to perform frequency measurement
CN108810963B (en) Measurement configuration and reporting method, device, storage medium, base station and user equipment
TWI549537B (en) Method of handling selections of base stations related communication device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20921198

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20921198

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1